28 Feb 2018 004528293x9xb326urevisedfinaleiareportofrmldipproject (27!2!2018)

RASHMI METALIKS LIMITED
Environmental Impact Assessment

For
Proposed Expansion of Ductile Iron
Pipe Plant (from 0.2 MTPA to 0.55
MTPA) in the existing Steel Plant
At
Village: Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, P.S. Kharagpur,
District: Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal
Envirotech East (P) Limited

An ISO 9001:2008, 14001:2004 & OHSAS:18001:2007
Company Laboratory recognised by Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India
Bengal Ambuja Commercial Complex
UN F13, 1050/1, Survey Park, Kolkata-700 075
Ph: (033) 2418 8127/8128/8601, e-mail: eeplkol@gmail.com
FEBRUARY, 2018
Envirotech East Pvt. Limited
An ISO 9001:2008, 14001:2004 & OHSAS:18001:2007 Company
Laboratory Recognised by Ministry of Environment & Forests, Govt. of India
Bengal Ambuja Commercial Complex,
UN-F 13, 1050/1, Survey Park, Kolkata – 700 075
 – 2418 8127/8128/8601; Fax – 2418 8128; email: eeplkol@gmail.com
Web : www.envirotecheast.com
Date: 9th June, 2017
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN
Subject: Environmental Impact Assessment study for proposed Expansion of

Ductile Iron Pipe Plant (from 0.2 MTPA to 0.55 MTPA) in the existing Steel
Plant at village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur P.S. Kharagpur, District:
Paschim Medinipur in West Bengal by M/s Rashmi Metaliks Ltd.
Refer: File No J-11011/237/2016-IA.II (I)
We do hereby declared that we, M/s Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd. have undertaken the
Environmental Impact Assessment Study for the subject job, as per the EIA Notification,
2006 and in compliance with the finalized Terms of Reference, issued by Ministry of
Environment, Forest & Climate Change, Govt. of India vide its letter (File No. J-
11011/237/2016-IA.II (I))) dated 31st January, 2017. The prescribed TORs have been
complied with and that the data submitted is factually correct.
for Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd.
(Asoke Kumar Banerjee)

Director
Environmental Impact Assessment for proposed Expansion of Ductile Iron Pipe Plant
Rashmi Metaliks
(from 0.2 MTPA to 0.55 MTPA) in the existing Steel Plant at village Gokulpur, P.O. CONT. - 1
Limited
Shyamraipur P.S. Kharagpur, District: Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal
X`
CONTENT
CHAPTER DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose of the Report C1-1 to C1-2
1.2 Identification of the Project C1-3 to C1-6
1.3 Project Proponent C1-7
1.4 Brief Description of the Project C1-7 to C1-12
1.5 Legal Brief Legal Framework for EIA Study C1-12 to C1-17
1.6 Scope of Study - Details of Regulatory Scoping C1-17 to C1-19
Carried out as Per Terms Of Reference
1.7 Status of Litigations C1-19
1.8 Compliance of Terms of Reference (TOR) C1-19 to C1-30
2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Type of Project C2-1 to C2-3
2.2 Need of the Project C2-3
2.3 Location of the Project C2-4 to C2-5
2.4 Plant Layout C2-5
2.5 Project Period C2-5
2.6 Raw Materials C2-5 to C2-7
2.7 Technology and Process Description C2-7 to C2-10
2.8 Utilities C2-11 to C2-12
2.9 Water Supply Facilities C2-12 to C2-15
2.10 Fire Fighting Facilities C2-15
2.11 Manpower Planning C2-15 to C2-16
2.12 Solid Waste Management C2-16 to C2-18
2.13 Pollution Control Measures C2-18 to C2-19
2.14 Control of Fugitive Emissions at Various C2-20 to C2-21
Auxiliary Facilities Inside The Plant
2.15 Wastewater Management C2-21 to C2-22
2.16 Rain Water Harvesting C2-22 to C2-23
2.17 Storm Water Management C2-23
2.18 Land & Greenbelt Development C2-23 to C2-25
2.19 Charter on Corporate Responsibility for C2-25 to C2-22
Environmental Protection (CREP): Integrated
Iron & Steel Industry
2.20 Project Cost C2-26
3.0 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL SCENARIO

3.1 General C3-1 to C3-4
3.2 Geology & Geohydrology of the Study Area C3-5 to C3-10
3.3 Flood Hazard Zonation Mapping C3-11 to C3-12
Content Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
3.4 Seismic History Of The Study Area C3-13

3.5 Major Operational Industries In 10 Km Radius C3-14
Area around the Project Site
3.6 Landuse C3-15 to C3-18
3.7 Soil C3-19 to C3-22
3.8 Meteorology C3-23 to C3-26
3.9 Air Quality C3-27 to C3-37
3.10 Water Environment C3-38 to C3-46
3.11 Noise C3-47 to C3-49
3.12 Ecology C3-50 to C3-65
3.13 Demography & Socio-Economic Status C3-66 to C3-73
4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

4.1 Project Activities C4-1
4.2 Impacts During Construction Phase C4-1 to C4-3
4.3 Impacts During Operational Phase C4-4 to C4-15
4.3.1 Impacts on Air Quality C4-4 to C4-12
4.3.2 Impacts on Water Quality C4-12
4.3.3 Impacts on Hydrology and Water Use C4-12
4.3.4 Impacts on Noise C4-12
4.3.5 Impacts on Soil C4-13
4.3.6 Impacts on Land Use C4-13
4.3.7 Impacts on Ecology C4-13
4.3.8 Impacts on Demography and Socioeconomics C4-13
5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 Analysis of Alternatives C5-1
6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme C6-1 to C6-2
7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment C7-1 to C7-5
7.2 Risk Assessment C7-5 to C7-12
7.3 Disaster Management Plan C7-12 to C7-16
7.4 Rehabilitation and Resettlement C7-16
7.5 Public Consultation C7-16
8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS
9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
10.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Basic Contents C10-1
10.2 Green Belt Development Plan C10-1 to C10-3
10.3 Hazardous Waste Management C10-3
10.4 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) C10-3 to C10-4

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
10.5 Environmental Management Cell C10-4 to C10-5

10.6 Mitigatory Measures During Construction C10-5 to C10-6
10.7 Fire And Safety Management C10-6
10.8 Environmental Awareness Campaign C10-6
10.9 Legal And Statutory Compliance C10-7
10.10 Documentation C10-7
10.11 Information Dissemination And Public C10-7
Relations
10.12 Occupational Health Activities C10-7 to C10-10
10.13 Environmental Cost C10-11
11.0 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 Introduction C11-1
11.2 Site Location C11-1 to C11-2
11.3 Project Highlights C11-2 to C11-3
11.4 Baseline Environmental Scenario C11-3 to C11-5
11.5 Environmental Impacts of Proposed Project C11-5 to C11-6
11.6 Environmental Management Plan C11-7
11.7 Conclusion C11-7
12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED
 ANNEXURES
ANNEXURE DESCRIPTION
I Finalised ToRs by MoEF&CC
II Compliance Report
III Water Permission Related Documents
IV WBSEDCL Agreement for Power Supply
V Land Related Documents
VI Previous Ambient Air Quality Data
VII Hazardous Waste Related Document
VIII Copy of CTO, NOC & EC of the Existing DIP Plant
IX Ambient Air Quality Data
X Corporate Environmental Policy
XI Concentration of Poly-Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH) as well
as other Chemical Composition Including Heavy Metals in
Respirable Particulate Matter (PM10)
XII Agreement for Hot Metal Transfer from M/s OMPL
XIII Relevant Indian Standards

Environmental Impact Assessment for proposed Expansion of Ductile Iron Pipe Plant (from
Rashmi Metaliks
0.2 MTPA to 0.55 MTPA) in the existing Steel Plant at village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur C1 - 1
Limited
P.S. Kharagpur, District: Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal
CHAPTER-1.0
INTRODUCTION
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

M/s Rashmi Metaliks Ltd., a part of RASHMI GROUP, was
incorporated on 30th January, 2004, having its registered office at
Premlata Building, 6th Floor, 39-Shakespeare Sarani, Kolkata –
700 017 in West Bengal. Presently, the Company is operating its
existing integrated steel plant & 0.2 MTPA Ductile Iron Pipe Plant
at village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, Kharagpur, District-
Paschim Mednipur in West Bengal.
Now, the company has decided to expand their business model by

enhancing the capacity of Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) Plant from
2,00,000 TPA to 5,50,000 TPA within the existing plant area at
Village-Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, Kharagpur, Dist. Paschim
Mednipur in West Bengal. Expansion of DIP unit is presented in
Table-1.1.
Table 1.1 : Proposed Expansion of DIP Unit
Plant Existing Proposed (TPA) Total

(TPA) (TPA)
Ductile Iron 2,00,000 3,50,000 5,50,000

Pipe Plant
As per EIA Notification 2006, published on 14th September 2006,

all projects or activities, including expansion and modernization of
existing projects or activities or change in Product Mix, falling
under Category ‘A’ in the Schedule shall require prior
Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forest &
Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Govt. of India.
The proposed project of M/s Rashmi Metaliks Ltd., falls under

Sl. No. 3(a), Category “A” of the list of the projects of the schedule
(i.e., Metallurgical industries (ferrous & nonferrous) under
Secondary metallurgical processing industry).
Introduction Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
The company submitted an online application along with filled up

‘Form 1’ in the prescribed format and Pre-feasibility Report to
Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC),
Govt. of India dated 31st October, 2016 for seeking prior
Environmental Clearance for its proposed Expansion of Ductile
Iron Pipe (0.2 MTPA to 0.55 MTPA) in the existing Steel Plant by
the ownership name of M/s Rashmi Metaliks Ltd. Subsequently,
the proposal was considered in the 13th meeting by the Expert
Appraisal Committee (EAC), Govt. of India held on 24th November,
2016 to determine the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking
detailed EIA study for obtaining Environmental Clearance in
accordance with the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006.
Accordingly, MoEF&CC issued one letter (Ref. F. No. J-
11011/237/2016-IA.II (I)) dated 31st January, 2017, with
mention of the finalized Terms of Reference (Annexure-I & Table-
1.4).
As advised by the Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate

Change (MoEF&CC), Govt. of India, the Draft EIA/EMP Report was
prepared, accommodating all the components, based on finalized
TORs for its submission to West Bengal Pollution Control Board
(WBPCB) for the conduct of Public Hearing / Consultation.
Subsequently, the Public Hearing was conducted on 29th August,

2017 at Mahasakti Mahasangha, Satkui, P.O. Matkatpur (Near
B.D.O. Office Kharagpur-I), Dist.: Paschim Medinipur in West
Bengal. All Public Hearing related documents along with the point-
wise compliance to the issues, raised during the Public Hearing
are enclosed as Annexure-XII & XIII.
This EIA Report is prepared on the basis of the available

secondary data/ literature along with the on-site data during the
period (March, 2017 to May, 2017) representing summer season,
generated through on-site monitoring of relevant environmental
components and parameters.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT
M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited, has already obtained EC for its

existing integrated steel plant & Ductile Iron Pipe Plant at village
Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, Kharagpur, District-Paschim
Mednipur in West Bengal. Date wise EC scenario under M/s
Rashmi Metaliks Limited is presented below,
Date File Number Units

MBF (1x215 m3),
Sinter Plant (2x25
12.06.2008 J-11011 /227 m2 & 1x70 m2) & Pig Casting
& /2007-IA- II (I), from Machine (600 TPD), SMS with 4x40T
06.01.2017 MoEF, New Delhi EAF & LF, Oxygen Plant (60 TPD)
and Lime Calcination Plant (1200
TPD).
Memo No.
09.10.2009 EN/2567/T-II-
& 1/047/2009 from
17.04.2015 SEIAA, West Bengal
& DIP Plant of capacity 0.2 MTPA
Memo No.962/
EN/T-II-1/047/2009
from SEIAA, West
Bengal
J-11011 /372 Regularization of 0.9 MTPA
06.12.2016 /2014-IA- II (I), from operational Pellet Plant.
MoEFCC, New Delhi
06.05.2017 Memo No.253 -2N- Additional 2,50,000 TPA Hot Rolled
77/2016 (E) from No Product in the existing Rolling Mill
increase in Pollution plant having current production
Load Committee, 1,15,200 TPA.
West Bengal
It is important to note that by virtue of Hon’ble Calcutta High

Court order for demerger and transfer of EC vide MoEF&CC File
No- J-11011/604/2010-I A II (I) dated 4th - Jan 2017 and File No -
J-11011/227/2008-I A II (I) dated 6th - Jan 2017,1.5 MTPA
Beneficiation Plant, 2 x 0.6 MTPA Pellet Plant & Producer Gas
Plant -75000 Nm3/hr, and Sponge Iron plant-6, 00,000 TPA,
A.F.B.C, W.H.R.B Based CPP and upcoming MBF (1 x 320 m2) is
being transferred from M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited to M/s Orissa
Metaliks Private Limited.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
The name of plant units under RML is given in Table 1.2. The
name of plant units under OMPL is given in Table 1.3.
Table 1.2: Name of Units with Rashmi Metaliks Limited
Name of the Permission as Size of Units Production Name of

Units Per EC under Capacity as Product
Operation per Consent
Mini Blast 1x215 m3 1x215 m3 170000 TPA Molten Iron
Furnace
Sinter Plant 2x25 m2 + 2x25 m2 600000 TPA Iron Ore Sinter
1x70 m2
Pig Casting 600 TPD 600 TPD 120000 TPA Pig Iron
Machine
SMS 5,00,000 TPA 3,78,000 TPA 3,78,000 TPA M.S. Billets

Pellet Plant 9,00,000 TPA 9,00,000 TPA 900000 TPA Iron Ore Pellets
Ductile Iron 2,00,000 TPA 2,00,000 TPA 2,00,000 TPA Di Pipes

Pipe Plant
Rolling Mill 3,65,200 TPA 3,65,200 TPA 1,15,200 TPA TMT Bars 8-32
mm & Wire Rod
5.5-12 mm
Coal Gasifier 1 x 6000 1 x 6000 1 x 6000 Coal Gas
Nm3/hr Nm3/hr Nm3/hr
Table 1.3: Name of Units with Orissa Metaliks Private Limited

(By Transfer of EC from MoEF&CC, New Delhi)
Name of the Permission Size of Units Production Name of
Units as Per EC under Capacity as Product
Operation per Consent
DRI Kilns 6 x100 TPD + 6 x 100 TPD + 285000 TPA Sponge Iron
1 x 350 TPD+ 1 x 350 TPD
1 x 600 TPD +
1 x 500 TPD
I/O Beneficiation 1.5 MTPA 1.5 MTPA 1.5 MTPA Iron ore
Plant concentrate
Pellet Plant 2 x 0.66 2 x 0.66 MTPA 1320000 TPA I/O Pellets
MTPA
Producers Gas 10 x 7500 10 x 7500 10 x 7500 Producer gas
Plant Nm /hr
3 Nm /hr
3 Nm /hr
3 for pellet
making
MBF (1 x 320 m )3 (1 x 320 m )3 (1 x 320 m )
3 3,00,000 TPA Pig Iron
Captive Power CPP-WHRB + WHRB -22 MW 53 MW Power
Plant FBC FBC -31 MW

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Now, the company has decided to expand their business by

Village – Gokulpur, P.O – Shyamraipur, P.S – Kharagpur (L), Dist.
Paschim Mednipur in the state of West Bengal. The expansion of
DIP unit is presented in Table-1.4.
Sr. Plant Existing Proposed Total

No (TPA) (TPA) (TPA)
1 Ductile Iron 2,00,000 3,50,000 5,50,000

Pipe
M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited premises comprises of 144 acres of

land. Existing 0.2 MTPA capacity Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) Plant is
located on 15 acres of land and expansion of DIP Plant will take
place within the RML premises for which 10 acres of land will be
needed. Conceptually no additional land is required for the
proposed expansion project. Most of the facilities are available for
setting up of the proposed steel plant such as Electricity, Water,
Transportation of raw materials and finished goods etc. Skilled and
unskilled workers are also easily available within the industrial
area.
PROPOSED PROJECT SITE

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
EXISTING UNITS
EXISTING GREENERY

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
1.3 PROJECT PROPONENT
Rashmi Group was founded in 1966 and got impetus from its real
promoter. Rashmi Group of companies is a fast growing Group in the
field of manufacturing steel and cement. The company has developed
core competence in minerals, steel and cement with 52 years of
experience. The group has its corporate office at Kolkata, and factories
located at Kharagpur and Jhargram respectively. The Group’s
turnover is around Rs.4500 Crores and net worth is Rs.3500 Crores.
Rashmi Group was awarded ‘Ultra Mega Project’ status by Govt. of
West Bengal. The Group is also engaged in import/export of Mineral
& Mineral based products. The growth of the group during last few
years has been phenomenal and was fast catching the attention of
bankers, professionals and industry as a whole. With verticals that
are exploring innovative and sustainable avenues in Steel, Energy,
Technology and Cement, Rashmi Group is paving the way for India’s
development as a global superpower.
M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited an ISO 9001, 14001 & OHSAS 18001
certified company a part of RASHMI GROUP was incorporated on 30th
January, 2004 headed by one of the Director Shri Surendra Jha, a
commerce graduate and enthusiastic industrialist, having experience
of more than 40 years in the Iron & Steel Industry, has an Integrated
Steel Plant, Pellet Plant & Ductile Iron Pipe Plant and has already
obtained necessary statutory clearance from competent authority for
running its unit. Its registered office is at Premlata Building, 6th Floor,
39-Shakespeare Sarani, Kolkata – 700 017 in West Bengal.
M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited at present operating Sinter Plant, Mini

Blast Furnace, SMS, Rolling Mill, Ductile Iron Pipe, Pellet Plant and
Coal Gasifier at village - Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, Kharagpur
(Local) District Paschim Mednipur in West Bengal.
1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
1.4.1 Nature of the Project
The proposed project of M/s Rashmi Metaliks Ltd., falls under Sl.
No. 3(a), Category “A” of the list of the projects of the schedule (i.e.,
Metallurgical industries (ferrous & non ferrous) under Secondary
metallurgical processing industry).

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
The company has decided to expand their business model by

enhancing the capacity of Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) Plant from 2,00,000
TPA to 5,50,000 TPA within the existing plant area at Village-
Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, Kharagpur, Dist. Paschim Mednipur in
West Bengal.
1.4.2 Size
M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited enhancing the capacity of Ductile Iron

Pipe (DIP) Plant from 2,00,000 TPA to 5,50,000 TPA within the
existing plant area comprising of 144 acres of land. Existing 0.2 MTPA
capacity Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) Plant is located on 15 acres of land
and expansion of DIP Plant will take place within the RML premises
for which 10 acres of land will be needed. Conceptually no additional
land is required for the proposed expansion project.
1.4.3 Location
The proposed project site is located at Mouza – Nandarchak (J.L. No.-

124), Sujatpur (J.L. No.-139) & Khidipur (J.L. No.-140), Village
Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, P.S. Kharagpur, Dist. Paschim
Medinipur in West Bengal. Its geographical co-ordinates are Latitude
22°21'44.24"N and Longitude 87°17'48.50"E with above mean sea
level (AMSL) 110 ft. The four corners of the ductile Iron Pipe unit are
as follows:
1. Latitude - 22°22'3.98"N & Longitude - 87°17'47.59"E

1.4.4 Communication
The nearest Railway Station Kharagpur is 4.0 km from the project

site. Nearest city Kharagpur is about 4.0 km from the project site.
Important Town like Midnapur (District H.Q) is about 6.5 km from
project site. Good road connectivity because of National Highway-6
(NH-6), connecting Kolkata to Mumbai. The administrative HQ of the
district is Midnapore Town.
Kolkata city is located at a distance of about 114 km from the project

site. Distance from Howrah Railway station to the project site is about

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
111 km. The nearest airport is Kolkata which is about 122 km from
the project site. Kolkata Port is around 106 km away and Haldia Port
is 90 km away from the Project Site.
River Kansabati are passing approx. 4.5 km distance in north

direction w.r.t the project site. There is no National Park, Reserve
Forest & Wildlife Sanctuary within 10 km radius of the Project Site.
The location of the proposed project site on Google Map & on Topo
Sheet is presented in Figure-1.1 & 1.2 respectively.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Kansabati River
Project
Site
FIGURE-1.1: PROJECT SITE ON GOOGLE MAP

Project Site: Village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, P.S. Kharagpur, Dist. Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal
Site Co-ordinates : Latitude 22°21'44.24"N and Longitude 87°17'48.50"E with above mean sea level (AMSL) 110 ft
FIGURE-1.2: PROJECT SITE ON TOPO SHEET

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
1.4.5 Importance to country & region
India is one of the fastest developing economies in the world.

Infrastructure lacuna has been an anathema to India's growth. Not
surprisingly, India lags behind water infrastructure and sewerage
development with only 44% of the total population having access to
improved sanitation. In rural areas, where 72% of India's population
lives, only 85% has better coverage for sanitation.
The Indian pipes business has been growing rapidly since the past
several years mainly due to increasing demand for pipes in the
irrigation sector, for real estate industry and growth in Gross domestic
product (GDP) of the country. Among the several varieties of pipes
available in the market, the demand for plastic pipes such as PVC,
CPVC in particular, is on a rise due to its low cost, high quality and
high durability. Other types of pipes, like steel pipes and ductile iron
pipes also have major demand. Nationwide infrastructural
development, urbanization, government’s focus on real estate,
irrigation to drive agricultural growth have been identified as major
factors facilitating the growth of the pipes industry in the country.
The Government of India is launching new schemes in the irrigation

and the real estate sector for significant investments. It is evident here
that the focus of Indian government is on water supply for housing
sector, which will only be fulfilled with effective use of pipelines.
Therefore, this end-user is a major demand driver of pipes.
Furthermore, strong demand for crude oil transportation is also
adding to the demand of pipes across the country.
The major grades demanded in the Indian markets is the K7 and K9

series, the governmental authorities and waste water authorities
majorly demand DN 80 mm to DN 1000 mm diameter or sizes of
specifications. The major feature of this market is that it is 100%
organized as the commissioning of project is routed through EPC
contractors and vendor selection criteria by the government is
completely based on Quality of the DI pipes and robust quality
standards with regards to ISO and British Standards.
The Ductile Iron pipes market in India is set to grow in the short term
and medium term (2 – 5 years) clocking consistent growth rates, with
major players ramping up their operations along with a sudden surge

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
in demand in the Indian markets as well as export markets like South

Asia, Middle East and North Africa.
In the medium term and long term (7 to 10 years) M/s Rashmi

Metaliks Ltd. predict a demand supply gap in terms of excess supply
in the Indian markets over demand as a result of established
infrastructural waste water and water projects, and India would have
prime focus to export to developing & underdeveloped regions which
lacks infrastructural development in waste water & water
infrastructure.
This proposed production enhancement project of Ductile Iron Pipe

Plant from 2,00,000 TPA to 5,50,000 TPA by the name of M/s Rashmi
Metaliks Limited at Village – Gokulpur, P.O – Shyamraipur, P.S –
Kharagpur (L), Dist. Paschim Mednipur in the state of West Bengal
shall be partially fulfilling the demand of the Ductile Iron Pipe in India
& Global market.
1.5 LEGAL BRIEF LEGAL FRAMEWORK FOR EIA STUDY
1.5.1 Procedure for Environmental Clearance

Environmental clearance of any new project or expansion of existing
projects is now done as per the new notification of the Ministry of
Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Govt. of India
dated 14th September 2006. The new notification requires prior
environmental clearance of all projects from competent central govt. or
state govt. authorities, as may be the case. The projects are now
classified into Category “A” or Category “B” projects based on spatial
extent of potential impacts on human health and natural & man-made
resources. The Category “A” projects require prior clearance by the
MoEF&CC, Govt. of India while the Category “B” projects have to get
clearance from the State level Environment Impact Assessment
Authority (SEIAA), constituted by the Central Government for this
purpose.
The environment clearance procedure for new projects will require

maximum of four stages all of which may not be applicable to all the
projects. These four stages in sequential order are as follows:
Stage1 - Screening: It refers to the definite assignment of

environmental category to projects or activities where the same is not
completely specified. In case of Category 'B’ projects scrutiny of

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
application at State level to categorize project in 'B1’ or ‘B2’ is done. The

B2 projects do not require EIA Reports. The present project is
categorized as Category ‘A’ project and thus, this stage is not applicable.
Stage 2 - Scoping: It refers to the process by which the Expert

Appraisal Committee in the case of Category ‘A’ projects and State- level
Expert Appraisal Committee in the case of Category ‘B1’ projects
determine detailed and comprehensive Terms of Reference (ToR)
addressing all relevant environmental concerns for the preparation of
an EIA report in respect of the project for which prior environmental
clearance is sought. The ToR for this project was granted on 31st
January, 2017.
Stage 3 - Public Consultation: It refers to the process by which

concern of local people and other stakeholders are ascertained and their
views taken regarding the project. The Public Consultation takes
place in two steps: Public hearing and written responses. The public
hearing is conducted under the supervision of State Pollution Control
Board close to the site of the BOX 1.1: SCOPE OF THE STUDY
project at Mahasakti  To conduct literature review and collect the data
Mahasangha, Satkui, P.O. relevant to study area
Matkatpur (Near B.D.O. Office  Project appreciation in terms of its environmental
pollution potential and detrimental impacts on
Kharagpur-I), Dist.: Paschim different environmental attributes.
Medinipur in West Bengal. In  To undertake environmental monitoring so as to
establish the baseline environmental status of the
the hearing dated 29th August,
study area
2017, the stakeholders  To identify existing pollution load due to various
discuss about the project and activities in the ambient levels
 To identify the basic environmental status
express their views regarding
including the meteorological parameters and
the project. socio-economic environment of the proposed
study area
 To predict incremental levels of pollutants in the
Stage 4 - Appraisal: This study area due to the proposed plant activities
refers to detailed scrutiny by  To evaluate the predicted impact on the various
the Expert Appraisal environmental attributes in the study area by using
scientifically developed and widely accepted
Committee or State Level environmental impact methodologies
Expert Appraisal Committee of  To prepare an environmental management plan
the application and other outlining the measures for improving the
environmental quality for environmentally
documents like the final EIA sustainable development
report. The final EIA report for  To identify critical environmental attributes
this project is prepared after required to be monitored
Public Hearing for the final appraisal by EAC for grant of Environment
Clearance.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
The steps of Environmental Clearance for proposed project is shown in

Figure-1.3. ST
E
1.5.2 Post Environmental Clearance Monitoring
For category “A’’ projects, the project proponent shall prominently
advertise in the newspapers indicating that the project has been
accorded environmental clearance and the details of MoEF&CC website
where it is displayed.
The project management shall submit half-yearly compliance reports in

respect of the stipulated prior environmental clearance terms and
conditions in hard & soft copies to the regulatory authority concerned
on 1st June and 1st December of each calendar year. All such reports
shall be public documents. The latest such compliance report shall be
displayed on the web site of the concerned regulatory authority.
PS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE FOR PROPOSED PR

FIGURE 1.3: STEPS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE FOR PROPOSED PROJECT
1.5.3 Important Environment Legislations

The environmental regulations, legislations and policy guidelines and
control that may impact the project are the responsibility of a variety of

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Government agencies. The principal environmental regulatory agency in

India is the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change
(MoEF&CC), New Delhi. MoEF&CC formulates environmental policies
and also accords environmental clearances for different projects.
Many State and Central legislations have a bearing on environment but

laws on environment protection have been notified recently. These legal
enactments can be broadly classified in the terms of focus areas, viz.
pollution, natural resources and linkages between pollution and natural
resources. The important environmental legislations related to
environmental clearance for new projects are briefly described in the
Table-1.5.
The MoEF&CC is the nodal agency to set up policy and standards for
the protection of environment, along with Central Pollution Control
Board (CPCB). This includes air, noise, water and hazardous waste
standards. The relevant standards, which are of significance to the
proposed project, are discussed in the section below.
TABLE: 1.5: KEY ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION
Name Scope and Key areas Operational

Objective Agencies/ Key
Players
Water To provide for Control of sewage Central and State
(Prevention and prevention & and industrial Pollution Control
Control of control of water effluent Boards
Pollution) Act pollution and discharges
1974 enhancing water
quality
Air (Prevention To provide for the Controls emission Central and State
and Control of prevention and and air pollutants Pollution Control
Pollution) Act control of air Boards
1981 pollution
Forest To halt rapid Restriction on de- Central Government
Conservation deforestation & reservation & use
Act 1980 resulting of forest for non-
environment forest purpose
degradation
Environment To provide for the An umbrella Central Govt.
Protection Act protection and Legislation; MoEF&CC, can
1986; improvement of supplements delegate power to
Environment environment pollution laws Dept. of
Protection Rules Environment
1989.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
TABLE: 1.5: KEY ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION
Name Scope and Key areas Operational

Objective Agencies/ Key
Players
EIA To provide EIA Study Central Government,
Notification, Guideline for EIA nodal agencies
New Delhi 14th Study MoEF&CC, State
September, governments
2006
Noise Pollution To control and take Noise in urban Central Government,
(Prevention & measures for area and around nodal agencies
Control) Rules abatement of noise industrial sites MoEF&CC, State
2000 and ensure that governments
level does not cross
standard
Solid Waste To prescribe Any facility Central Government,
Management procedures for producing nodal agencies
Rules, 2016 handling and hazardous waste MoEF&CC, State
disposal of solid governments
waste
Hazardous To impose Any facility Central and State
Waste restrictions and producing Pollution Control
(Management, prescribe hazardous waste Boards
Handling & procedures for
Transboundary management,
Movement) handling and
Rules, 2016 disposal of
hazardous waste
Public Liability To provide for To provide public Central Government,
Insurance Act, public liability- liability insurance Nodal Agencies
1991 insurance for the during risk MoEF&CC, State
purpose of material handling Govt.
providing
immediate relief to
the persons
affected by accident
occurring while
handling any
hazardous
substance and for
matters connected
therewith or
incidental thereto
E-Waste To prescribe Any facility Central and State
(Management) procedures for producing E- Pollution Control
Rules, 2016 handling and Waste Boards
disposal of E-Waste
Source: Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
1.5.4 Pollution Standards

The Environment (Protection) Rules 1986 and its subsequent
amendments have set certain pollution standards. These standards
are generally applicable to air environment, noise environment and
water environment. The ambient quality of air, water & wastewater
and noise standard are provided as Annexure-XIV.
1.6 SCOPE OF STUDY- DETAILS OF REGULATORY SCOPING

CARRIED OUT AS PER TERMS OF REFERENCE
The Environmental Impact Assessment and Environment
Management Plan for the proposed expansion project addressing the
environment related issues are prepared in accordance with the
requirements of terms of reference (TOR) prescribed by MoEF&CC,
Govt. of India.
The study evaluates the prevailing environmental conditions. The

adverse impacts have been identified and possible mitigation
measures have been drawn in order to protect the environment. In
order to carry out the study, the baseline environmental scenario has
been established.
The main objectives of the present EIA/EMP study are briefly

summarized below:
 To establish the baseline environmental scenario.

 To identify, predict and assess the impacts of proposed future
project on the environment.
 To prepare a detailed action plan for implementation of
mitigative measures.
 To suggest preventive measures to minimize adverse impacts
and to maximize beneficial impacts.
 To suggest a monitoring programme to evaluate the
effectiveness of mitigative measures.
 To suggest the formation of a core group responsible for
implementation of the EMP.
 To prepare a capital cost estimate for environment management
plan.
 To address the concerns of disaster management, CSR and
points raised in public hearing.
The scope of the present study is to conduct EIA covering all the
disciplines of environment and field monitoring in relevant disciplines

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
over one full season of 3 (three) months (excluding monsoon months).

The draft EIA report is prepared as per the MoEF&CC Notification
dated 14.09.2006. After completion of the Public Consultation, all the
environmental concerns expressed during the Public Consultation
process is addressed and appropriate changes in the draft EIA Report
will be made accordingly to formulate the Final EIA Report.
Secondary and primary data collection was done comprising of, but
not restricted to the following:
 Long Term Climatic data from Indian Meteorological Department
(IMD) for available previous decade
 Geo-hydrological aspects based on available data from various
sources
 Identification of water bodies, hills, roads etc. within 10 km
radius
 Details of fauna, flora, information in forests, major habitats,
sanctuaries, sensitive places within a distance of 10 km from
the project site (including forest details).
 Major industries within 10 km radius.
 Historical monuments and sanctuaries within 10 km radius.
 Land use pattern within core zone and buffer zone (10 km
radius around the core zone), Cropping pattern.
 Demography and Socio-economic based on last available
Census data for entire study area
The preparation of EIA/EMP has been done as per the generic

structure prescribed in EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006.
In line with the TOR, baseline environmental data was generated as

shown below,
Description No. of Locations

Air
Ambient air monitoring (24 hourly samples),
8
twice a week for 3 months for one season
Parameters : PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2 & CO
Meteorological parameters measured at
hourly duration simultaneously at one air 1
monitoring station for 3 months for Wind
speed, direction, Relative humidity,
Temperature etc.
Water 10
Water sample from various surface and (Surface Water) &
ground water in the study area and tested for 9
physical, chemical & biological parameters

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
(Ground Water)
Soil 4
Noise 10
Hourly readings taken for 24 hours (Leq.)
1.7 STATUS OF LITIGATIONS
There are no litigations/ court cases pending against the project.
1.8 COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)
RML submitted an online application along with filled up ‘Form 1’ in

the prescribed format and Pre-feasibility Report to Ministry of
Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Govt. of India
dated 31st October, 2016. The TOR proposal was considered in the
13th meeting by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC), Govt. of India
held on 24th November, 2016. MoEF&CC issued one letter (Ref. F. No.
J-11011/237/2016-IA.II (I)) dated 31st January, 2017, with mention
of the finalized Terms of Reference.
This EIA Report is prepared on the basis of the available secondary

data/literature along with the on-site data during the period (March,
2017 to May, 2017) representing summer season, generated through
on-site monitoring of relevant environmental components and
parameters. Table-1.6 gives the compliance of Terms of Reference
(TOR) for proposed plant.
TABLE-1.6
FINALISED “TERMS OF REFERENCE” &
THEIR REFERENCE IN EIA REPORT
Sl. Reference in EIA
Finalised “Terms of Reference”
No. Report
1 Public Hearing to be conducted by the West Public Hearing was
Bengal Pollution Control Board. conducted by WBPCB
on 29th August, 2017
at Mahasakti
Mahasangha, Satkui,
P.O. Matkatpur (Near
B.D.O. Office
Kharagpur-I), Dist.:
Paschim Medinipur in

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
West Bengal.
2 The issues raised during public hearing and All Public Hearing
commitment of the project proponent on the related documents
same along with time bound action plan to along with the point-
implement the commitment and financial wise compliance to the
allocation thereto should be clearly provided. issues, raised during
the Public Hearing are
enclosed in Chapter-
7.0.
3 The project proponent should carry out social As the land is already
impact assessment of the project as per the acquired, the question
Office Memorandum No. J-11013/25/2014- of rehabilitation and
IA.I dated 11.08.2014 issued by the Ministry resettlement is not an
regarding guidelines on Environment issue for the proposed
Sustainability and CSR related issues. The project.
social impact assessment study so carried out
should form part of EIA and EMP report. DEMOGRAPHY &
Socio-economic status
of the study area is
presented in Section-
3.13 of Chapter-3.0.
Chapter-10.0
Section-10.4
4 Compliance report issued by the Regional
Office of the Ministry for the existing steel
plant should be submitted along with the EIA Refer Annexure-II
report and the compliance status should be
presented before the Committee.
5 Comfort letter from the concerned Refer Annexure-III (reg.
departments should be obtained for supply of Water supply),
water and power. Land related documents Annexure-IV (reg.
should be submitted as per OM of the power supply) &
Ministry. Annexure-V (Land
Documents)
6 One complete season (3 months) monitoring For the proposed
should be conducted for preparation of EIA expansion project
and EMP report and the data so collected Monitoring was
should be compared with the old data conducted from March,
collected for earlier project and presented in 2017 to May, 2017,
the EIA report. representing summer
season. The Statistical
Ambient Air Quality
data (for the period of
15th October, 2015 –
14th January, 2016) of
Rashmi Metaliks
Limited, Unit-III is

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
enclosed as Annexure-
VI.
GENERIC TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY
SECTOR (ANNEXURE-I)
1 Executive Summary Prepared
2 Introduction
i. Details of the EIA Consultant including Chapter-12.0
NABET accreditation
ii. Information about the project proponent Chapter-1.3
iii. Importance and benefits of the project Chapter-8.0

3 Project Description
i. Cost of project and time of completion Chapter-2.0

Section-2.20 & 2.5
ii. Products with capacities for the proposed Chapter-2.0
project. Section-2.1
iii. If expansion project, details of existing
products with capacities and whether Chapter-2.0
Section-2.1
adequate land is available for expansion,
reference of earlier EC if any. Adequate land is
available for the
proposed expansion
project.
iv. List of raw materials required and their Chapter-2.0
source along with mode of transportation Section-2.6
v. Other chemicals and materials required Chapter-2.0
with quantities and storage capacities Section-2.6
vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous Chapter-4.0
waste generation and their management. Section-4.3.1
&
Chapter-2.0
Section-2.12 & 2.15,
For Hazardous Waste
refer Annexure - VII
vii. Requirement of water, power, with source Chapter-2.0
of supply, status of approval, water Section-2.9 (Water)
balance diagram, man-power requirement Section-2.8.4 (Power)
(regular and contract). Section-2.11 (Man
Power)
viii. The project proponent shall furnish the
requisite documents from the competent Refer Annexure - III
authority in support of drawl of ground & IV
water and surface water and supply of
electricity.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
ix. Process description along with major

equipments and machineries, process flow Chapter-2.0
sheet (quantative) from raw material to Section-2.7
products to be provided.
x. Hazard identification and details of
proposed safety systems. Cahpter-7.0
xi. Expansion/modernization proposals:

a. Copy of all the Environmental
Clearance(s) including Amendments
thereto obtained for the project from For CTO, NOC & EC of
MoEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Existing Plant Refer
Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Annexure-VIII
Monitoring Report of the Regional
Office of the Ministry of Environment
and Forests as per circular dated 30th For certified
May, 2012 on the status of compliance Compliance Report
of conditions stipulated in all the Refer Annexure – II
existing environmental clearances
including Amendments shall be
provided. In addition, status of
compliance of Consent to Operate for
the ongoing/ existing operation of the
project from SPCB shall be attached
with the EIA-EMP report.
b. In case the existing project has not
obtained environmental clearance,
reasons for not taking EC under the
provisions of the EIA Notification 1994
and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be
provided. Copies of Consent to
Establish/No Objection Certificate and
Consent to Operate (in case of units
operating prior to EIA Notification
2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006)
obtained from the SPCB shall be
submitted. Further, compliance report
to the conditions of consents from the
SPCB shall be submitted.
4 Site Details
i. Location of the project site covering
village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and Chapter-1.0
State, Justification for selecting the site, Section-1.4
whether other sites were considered.
ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius Chapter-1.0
of 10 Km and site location on Section-1.4
1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 &
sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas Chapter-3.0
and environmentally sensitive places). Section-3.1

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
iii. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four Chapter-1.0

corners of the site. Section-1.4
iv. Google map – Earth downloaded of the Chapter-1.0
project site. Section-1.4
v. Layout maps indicating existing unit as
well as proposed unit indicating storage
area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities Chapter-2.0
etc. If located within an Industrial Section-2.4
area/Estate/Complex, layout of Figure-2.3
Industrial Area indicating location of
unit within the Industrial area/Estate.
vi. Photographs of the proposed and
existing (if applicable) plant site. If Chapter-1.0
existing show photographs of Section-1.2
plantation/greenbelt, in particular.
vii. Land use break-up of total land of the
project sited (identified and acquired), Chapter-2.0
government/private-agricultural, forest, Section-2.18
wasteland, water bodies, settlements,
etc. shall be included (not required for
industrial area).
viii. A list of major industries with name and
type within study area (10 km radius) Chapter-3.0
shall be incorporated. Land use details Section-3.5
of the study area.
ix. Geological features and Geo- Chapter-3.0
hydrological status of the study area Section-3.2
shall be included.
x. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5
km radius of study area. If the site is
within 1 km radius of any major river,
peak and lean season river discharge as Chapter-3.0
well as flood occurrence frequency Section-3.2.2.2
based on peak rainfall data of the past
30 years. Details of Flood Level of the
project site and maximum Flood Level of
the river shall also be provided (mega
green field projects).
xi. Status of acquisition of land. If
acquisition is not complete, stage of the Chapter-2.0
acquisition process and expected time of Section-2.18
complete possession of the land.
xii. R&R details in respect of land in line Chapter-2.0
with state Government policy Section-2.18
5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if
applicable):
i. Permission and approval for the use of
forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and Not applicable as no

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
recommendations of the State Forest forest land will be used

Department. (if applicable) in the proposed
ii. Landuse map based on High resolution project.
satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site
delineating the forest land (in case of
projects involving forest land more than
40 ha).
iii. Status of Application submitted for
obtaining the stage I forestry clearance
along with latest status shall be
submitted.
iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of
the National Parks, Sanctuaries,
Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors
of Wild Animals, the project proponent
shall submit the map duly authenticated
by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these
features vis-à-vis the project location and
the recommendations or comments of the
Chief Wildlife Warden thereon.
v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly
authenticated by the Chief Wildlife
Warden of the State Government for
conservation of Schedule 1 fauna, if any
exists in the study area.
vi. Copy of application submitted for
clearance under the Wildlife (Protection)
Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of
the National Board for Wildlife.
6 Environmental Status
i. Determination of atmospheric inversion
level at the project site and site-specific Chapter-4.0
micro-meteorological data using Section-4.3.1
temperature, relative humidity, hourly
wind speed and direction and rainfall.
ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations
for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and other
parameters relevant to the project shall be Chapter-3.0
collected. The monitoring stations shall be Section-3.9
based CPCB guidelines and take into
account the pre-dominant wind direction,
population zone and sensitive receptors
including reserved forests.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12

weeks of all stations as per frequency
given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. Refer Annexure - IX
2009 along with min., max, average and
98% values for each of the AAQ
parameters from data of all AAQ stations
should be provided as an annexure to the
EIA Report.
iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (60m
upstream and downstream) and other Chapter-3.0
surface drains at eight locations as per Section-3.10
CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.
v. Whether the site falls near to polluted The project site does
stretch of river identified by the not falls near to
CPCB/MoEF&CC. polluted stretch of river
identified by the
CPCB/MoEF&CC.
River Kansabati is
passing at a distance
of 4.5 km towards
North from the Project
site.
vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at Chapter-3.0
8 locations shall be included. Section-3.10
vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations Chapter-3.0
within the study area. Section-3.11
viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB Chapter-3.0
guidelines. Section-3.7
ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles,
frequency of vehicles for transportation of Chapter-3.0
materials, additional traffic due to Section-3.9.4
proposed project, parking arrangement
etc.
x. Detailed description of flora and fauna Chapter-3.0
(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the Section-3.12
study area shall be given with special
reference to rare, endemic and endangered
species. If Schedule-1 fauna are found
within the study area, a Wildlife
Conservation Plan shall be prepared and
furnished.
xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.
Chapter-3.0
Section-3.13
7 Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
i.
i. Assessment of ground level concentration

of pollutants from the stack emission
based on site-specific meteorological
features. In case the project is located on a
hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be Chapter-4.0
done using inputs of the specific terrain Section-4.3.1
characteristics for determining the
potential impacts of the project on the
AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of
emissions (including transportation) on the
AAQ of the area shall be well assessed.
Details of the model used and the input
data used for modeling shall also be
provided. The air quality contours shall be
plotted on a location map showing the
location of project site, habitation nearby,
sensitive receptors, if any.
ii. Water Quality modeling in case, if the
effluent is proposed to be discharged into
the local drain, then Water Quality
Modelling study should be conducted for Zero Discharge Plant
the drain water taking into consideration
the upstream and downstream quality of
water of the drain.
iii. Impact of the transport of the raw
materials and end products on the
surrounding environment shall be Chapter-4.0
assessed and provided. In this regard, Section-4.3.1.6
options for transport of raw materials and
finished products and wastes (large
quantities) by rail or rail-cum road
transport or convey or-cum-rail transport
shall be examined.
iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from
different plant operations, extent recycled Chapter-2.0
and reused for different purposes shall be Section-2.15
included. Complete scheme of effluent
treatment. Characteristics of untreated
and treated effluent to meet the prescribed
standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.
v. Details of stack emission and action plan Chapter-4.0
for control of emissions to meet standards. Section-4.3.1
vi. Measures for fugitive emission control. Chapter-2.0
Section-2.14

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and

their storage, utilization and disposal.
Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid Chapter-2.0
and hazardous waste shall also be Section-2.12
included. EMP shall include the concept of
waste minimization, recycle/reuse/recover
techniques, Energy conservation, and
natural resource conservation
viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be Not Applicable
ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009.
A detailed plan of action shall be provided.
ix. Action plan for the green belt development
plan in 33% area i.e. land with not less
than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of Chapter-10.0
species, width of plantation, planning Section-10.2
schedule etc. shall be included. The green
belt shall be around the project boundary
and a scheme for greening of the roads
used for the project shall also be
incorporated.
x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting
measures at plant site shall be submitted Chapter-2.0
to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and Section-2.16
storm water drains to recharge the ground
water and also to use for the various
activities at the project site to conserve
fresh water and reduce the water
requirement from other sources.
xi. Total capital cost and recurring Chapter-2.0
cost/annum for environmental pollution Section-2.20
control measures shall be included.
xii.Action plan for post-project environmental Chapter-6.0
monitoring shall be submitted.
xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and
Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Chapter-7.0
Management Plan including Risk
Assessment and damage control. Disaster
management plan should be linked with
District Disaster Management Plan.
8 Occupational Health
i. Details of existing Occupational & Safety
Hazards. What are the exposure levels of
above mentioned hazards and whether Chapter-10.0
they are within Permissible Exposure level Section-10.12
(PEL). If these are not within PEL, what
measures the company has adopted to
keep them within PEL so that health of the

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
workers can be preserved.

ii. Details of exposure specific health status
evaluation of worker. If the workers’ health
is being evaluated by pre designed format,
chest x-rays. Audiometry, Spirometry,
Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour
vision and any other ocular defect) ECG,
during pre placement and periodical
examinations give the details of the same.
Details regarding last month analyzed data
of abovementioned parameters as per age,
sex, duration of exposure and department
wise.
iii. Annual report of health status of workers
with special reference to Occupational
Health and Safety.
iv. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the
occupational health & safety of all contract
and casual workers.
9 Corporate Environment Policy
i. Does the company have a well laid down
Environment Policy approved by its
Board of Directors? If so, it may be Annexure- X
detailed in the EIA report.
ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe
for standard operating process
procedures to bring into focus any
infringement/ deviation/ violation of the
environmental or forest norms/
conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the
EIA.
iii. What is the hierarchical system or
Administrative order of the company to
deal with the environmental issues and
for ensuring compliance with the
environmental clearance conditions?
Details of this system may be given.
iv. Does the company have system of
reporting of non compliances/ violations
of environmental norms to the Board of
Directors of the company and/or
shareholders or stakeholders at large?
This reporting mechanism shall be
detailed in the EIA report.
10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such
as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be Chapter-10.0
provided to the labour force during Section-10.6
construction as well as to the casual workers

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
including truck drivers during operation

phase.
11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)
i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5% of the
project cost) shall be earmarked towards
the Enterprise Social Commitment based Chapter-10.0
on Public Hearing issues and item-wise Section-10.4
details along with time bound action plan
shall be included. Socio-economic
development activities need to be
elaborated upon.
12 Any litigation pending against the project
and/or any direction/order passed by any
Court of Law against the project, if so, details No litigation pending
thereof shall also be included. Has the unit against the project
received any notice under the Section 5 of
Environment (Protection) Ac t, 1986 or
relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so,
details thereof and compliance/ ATR to the
notice(s) and present status of the case.
13 A tabular chart with index for point wise Chapter-1.0
compliance of above TORs. Section-1.4
ADDITIONAL TORS FOR INTEGRATED STEEL PLANT (ANNEXURE-2)
1 Iron ore/coal linkage documents along with Not Applicable
the status of environmental clearance of iron
ore and coal mines
2 Quantum of production of coal and iron ore Coal & Iron Ore is not
from coal & iron ore mines and the projects required in DIP Plant.
they cater to. Mode of transportation to the
plant and its impact
3 For Large ISPs, a 3-D view i.e. DEM (Digital
Elevation Model) for the area in 10 km radius Chapter-3.0
from the proposal site. MRL details of project Section-3.6
site and RL of nearby sources of water shall be
indicated.
4 Recent land-use map based on satellite Chapter-3.0
imagery. High-resolution satellite image data Section-3.6
having 1m-5m spatial resolution like
quickbird, Ikonos, IRS P-6 pan sharpened etc.
for the 10 Km radius area from proposed site.
The same shall be used for land used/land-
cover mapping of the area.
5 PM (PM10 and PM2.5) present in the ambient
air must be analysed for source analysis – Refer Annexure – XI
natural dust/RSPM generated from plant
operations (trace elements) of PM10 to be
carried over.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
6 All stock piles will have to be on top of a stable Shall be Complied

liner to avoid leaching of materials to ground
water.
7 Plan for the implementation of the Chapter-2.0
recommendations made for the steel plants in Section-2.19
the CREP guidelines.
8 Plan for slag utilization. Chapter-2.0
Section-2.12
9 Plan for utilization of energy in off gases (coke Not Applicable for DIP
oven, blast furnace) Plant
10 System of coke quenching adopted with Not Applicable
justification.
11 Post process control system for control of SOx. No SO2 will be emitted
from the process.
12 Trace metals Mercury, arsenic and fluoride Chapter-2.0
emissions in the raw material. Section-2.6
13 Trace metals in waste material especially slag. Chapter-2.0
Section-2.12
14 Trace metals in water. Chapter – 3.0
Section-3.10

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
CHAPTER-2.0
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT
M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited, has already obtained EC for its existing
integrated steel plant & 2,00,000 TPA capacity Ductile Iron Pipe Plant at
village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, Kharagpur, District - Paschim
Mednipur in West Bengal. The Company has decided to expand their
business model by enhancing the capacity of Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) Plant
from 2,00,000 TPA to 5,50,000 TPA within the existing plant area. The
overall project scenario showing existing as well as proposed DIP unit
along with their capacity is presented in Table-2.1.
Table-2.1: Overall Project Scenario

Name of the Existing As per EC Proposed Expansion Total Current
Units (Existing + Production
Proposed) as per Valid
Capacity Production Capacity Production Production CTO
Mini Blast 1x215 m3 1,80,000 - - 1,80,000 TPA 1,70,000 TPA
Furnace TPA
Sinter 2x 25 m2 + 10,90,000 - - 10,90,000 TPA 6,00,000 TPA
Plant * 1x70 m2 TPA
Pig Casting 600 TPD 600 TPD - - 600 TPD 600 TPD
Machine
SMS * 4 x 40 T 5,00,000 - - 5,00,000 TPA 3,78,000 TPA
EAF / LRF TPA
Pellet Plant 9,00,000 9,00,000 - - 9,00,000 TPA 9,00,000 TPA
TPA TPA
Ductile Iron 2,00,000 2,00,000 3,50,000 3,50,000 5,50,000 TPA 2,00,000 TPA
Pipe Plant TPA TPA TPA TPA
Oxygen 60 TPD 60 TPD - - 60 TPD -
Plant *
Lime 1200 TPD 1200 TPD - - 1200 TPD -
Calcination
Plant
Rolling 3,65,200 3,65,200 - - 3,65,200 TPA 1,15,200 TPA
Mill * TPA TPA
Coal Gasifier 6000 6000 - - 6000 Nm3/hr 6000 Nm3/hr
(Stand By) Nm3/hr Nm3/hr
* Under Implementation (Applied to WBPCB for getting consent for balance approved
production)
Project Description Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
The list of equipment will be required to achieve the additional production

of 0.35 MTPA DI Pipes in the proposed expansion project are as follows,
Sr. Machinery Quantity
No (No.)
1 15 T Induction Furnace with 3 crucible ( 2 in operation & 1 02

stand by)
2 8 T Induction Melting unit with 3 crucible ( 2 in operation & 01
1 stand by)
3 Annealing Furnace of 30 TPH for making SDP of Dimension 02
(DN-80-300 mm) x 5.55 m ; (DN 200-600) x 5.5 m
4 Magnesium Converter of 18 TPH 02
5 Zinc Coating Machine of 10 TPH 01
6 Centrifugal Casting machine of 5 TPH 10
7 Hydraulic Pressure Testing Machine 02
8 Cement Mortar Lining/ Curing System of 15 TPH 03
9 Bitumen Coating Machine with preheating & post heating 02
furnace
10 Pipe Socket Grinding/ Mould Grinding 02
11 Sand Drying & Conveying System 01
12 Finishing Line 02
PROJECT HIGHLIGHTS
The principal features or highlights of the proposed expansion project of
M/s Rashmi Metaliks Ltd., under study are as follows:
Location Mouza – Nandarchak (J.L. No.-124), Sujatpur (J.L. No.-
139) & Khidipur (J.L. No.-140), Village Gokulpur, P.O.
Shyamraipur, P.S. Kharagpur, Dist. Paschim Medinipur in
West Bengal. Its geographical co-ordinates are Latitude
22°21'44.24"N and Longitude 87°17'48.50"E with above
mean sea level (AMSL) 110 ft.
Land The total land of M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited is 58.27
requirement Hectares (144 acres). The existing Ductile Iron Pipe Plant
is located on 6.07 Hectares (15 acres) of land and
expansion of DI Pipe Plant will take place within the RML
premises for which 4.05 Hectares (10 acres) of land will be
needed within the 58.27 Hectares of land. No additional
Raw water As per an initial estimate, water to the tune of 830
requirement cu.m/day (34.58 cu.m/hr) will be required for the
& source proposed expansion project. The raw water will be sourced
from Bore Wells / Kansabati River.
Power Requirement of power for the proposed expansion project
requirement is around 10 MW. The power required for the proposed
plant will be sourced from WBSEDCL supply system.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Effluent The plant will be designed as a zero discharge plant. The

generation & water will be recirculated through cooling and treatment.
disposal The entire wastewater will be recycled for various
purposes inside the plant.
Domestic wastewater will be treated in Septic tank - Soak
pit system.
Air pollution Adequate control measures like installation of bag filters,
control dust suppression system and stacks of adequate height at
relevant points.
Solid Waste  Slag from Induction Furnaces will be used for Land
Management filling / Road Construction purpose / paver block
making as present practice.
 Slag from Magnesium converter will be used for Land
filling/Road Construction purpose as present practice.
 The Runner Scrap will be re-melted.
 Magnesium dust will be used in our existing Sinter
Plant.
 Core sand in Casting Area as well as the same from the
Annealing Furnace will be used in Land Filling and
reclamation now as present practice.
 Zinc Dust will be sold to PCB certified Paint
manufacturer.
Manpower 600 persons (regular) & 500 persons (contract)
Project cost Rs. 165.0 Crores
2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT
The Ductile Iron pipes market in India is set to grow in the short term and
medium term (2 – 5 years) clocking consistent growth rates, with major
players ramping up their operations along with a sudden surge in demand
in the Indian markets as well as export markets like South Asia, Middle
East and North Africa.
In the medium term and long term (7 to 10 years) M/s Rashmi Metaliks
Ltd. predict a demand supply gap in terms of excess supply in the Indian
markets over demand as a result of established infrastructural waste
water and water projects, and India would have prime focus to export to
developing & underdeveloped regions which lacks infrastructural
development in waste water & water infrastructure.
This proposed production enhancement project of Ductile Iron Pipe Plant

from 2,00,000 TPA to 5,50,000 TPA by the name of M/s Rashmi Metaliks
Limited at Village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, P.S. Kharagpur (L), Dist.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Paschim Mednipur in the state of West Bengal shall be partially fulfilling

the demand of the Ductile Iron Pipe in India & Global market.
2.3 LOCATION OF PROJECT SITE

The proposed project site is located at Mouza – Nandarchak (J.L. No.-124),
Sujatpur (J.L. No.-139) & Khidipur (J.L. No.-140), Village Gokulpur, P.O.
Shyamraipur, P.S. Kharagpur, Dist. Paschim Medinipur in West Bengal.
Its geographical co-ordinates are Latitude 22°21'44.24"N and Longitude
87°17'48.50"E with above mean sea level (AMSL) 110 ft. River Kansabati
are passing approx. 4.5 km distance in north direction w.r.t the project
site. The four corners of the ductile Iron Pipe unit are as follows:

The location of the proposed project site on Google Map & on Topo Sheet is
presented in Figure-2.1 & 2.2 respectively.
Kansabati River
Project
Site
FIGURE-2.1: PROJECT SITE ON GOOGLE MAP

Project Site: Village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, P.S. Kharagpur, Dist. Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal
Site Co-ordinates : Latitude 22°21'44.24"N and Longitude 87°17'48.50"E with above mean sea level (AMSL) 110 ft

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
FIGURE-2.2: PROJECT SITE ON TOPO SHEET
2.4 PLANT LAYOUT

The plant layout showing the proposed facilities with 33% Greenbelt area
has been shown as Figure-2.3.
2.5 PROJECT PERIOD

The total 3,50,000 TPA capacity, project shall be implemented within 60
months after getting the Environmental Clearance from MoEF&CC and
Consent to Establish from SPCB.
2.6 RAW MATERIALS

The major raw materials for Ductile Iron Pipe manufacture is liquid pig
iron, also known as hot metal. 1.05 t of hot metal is required per tonne of
DI pipe. The charge-mix will be 90% hot metal and 10% solids comprising
of purchased steel scrap and reject pipes. Agreement for transfer of Hot
Metal from the MBF of M/s Orissa Metaliks Pvt. Ltd., Kharagpur to proposed
DIP unit is presented as Annexure-XII. Raw materials to be sourced must
fulfill the quality requirements demanded by process, equipment and
technological parameters. The annual requirement of raw materials
including other materials for the 5, 50,000 TPA capacity DI Pipe Plant is

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
presented in Table-2.2. The material balance for the proposed expansion

project for production of 0.35 MTPA DI pipes is presented in Table-2.3.
Table 2.2 : Raw Materials Requirement (0.35 MTPA DIP Unit) Detail **
Sr. Name of the Raw Source (TPA) Mode of Estimated

No. Materials Transportation Quantity
(TPA)
1 Pig Iron/ Hot Metal Rashmi Metaliks Ltd., Through Crane 3,75,000
Kharagpur and / Rail
Orissa Metaliks Pvt.
Ltd., Kharagpur
2 Mold Powder Local Market Road 949
3 Refractory (WH-A+K) Local Market Road 2065
4 Ferro Silicon Rashmi Cement Road 1050
Limited, Jhargram
5 Inoculants Local Market Road 336
6 Magnesium Local Market Road 595
7 Slag Coagulant Local Market Road 485
8 Zinc Local Market Road 662
9 Runner Coat Local Market Road 1789
10 Bitumen/ Epoxy WRAS* Approved Rail/ Road 1472 KL
Paint Vendor
** The above quantities are likely to vary in narrow range as the quality of inputs to have
variations.
*Water Regulations Advisory Scheme (WRAS)
Table 2.3: Materials Balanced For the Proposed Expansion Project

Name of the Input Quantity input in Name of the output Quantity
Materials (TPA) Materials output in
(TPA)
Hot Metal from B.F 3,69,000 D I Pipes 3,50,000
Mold Powder 949 Slag 9500
Ferro Silicon 1050 Dust & Sludge 8717
Inoculants 336 Cement Slurry 1000
Magnesium 595 Scrap 110
Runner Coat 1789 LOI, etc 7011
Slag Coagulant 485
Zinc 662
Bituminous Solution 1472 KL/ Year
Total 3,76,338 3,76,338
Raw materials will be received at plant site by rail/road. All the trucks for
raw material and finished product transportation shall comply with the
applicable environmental norms. The material Balance Diagram for the
overall project is presented in Figure-2.4.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
FIGURE 2.4: MATERIAL BALANCE DIGRAM FOR THE OVERALL PROJECT
2.7 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

DUCTILE IRON PIPE PLANT
Ductile Irons Pipes Manufacturing Process consists of the following
processes steps,
1. Molten Hot Metal preparation and Chemistry correction
2. Magnesium treatment
3. Centrifugal Casting
4. Core Making
5. Mold Maintenance
6. Heat Treatment by Annealing Furnace
7. Zinc Coating
8. Hydraulic Pressure Testing
9. Cement Motor Lining
10. Bitumen Coating
11. Finishing

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
A ductile iron pipe is produced with centrifugal casting method. The

molten ductile iron is poured into a rapidly spinning water-cooled mould
and centrifugal force results in an even spread of iron around the
circumference.
Molten Hot Metal Preparation: In Blast Furnace Hot Metal, Carbon

percentage (%) is usually 4.2% to 4.3%. But in DIP, Carbon percentage is
3.6%. Therefore Steel Scrap with 0.3% Carbon is to be added by about
12% to 15% of BF Hot Metal.
Magnesium Treatment: During this process, molten Hot metal treated

with Ferro Alloys, like Silico-Manganese, Magnesium, carbon etc. and
melted with 1460-1520°C of temperature. The sphere-iodization process
has been carried out in the crucibles at about 1500°C by tundish
treatment and it was performed by means of 2,1% of Fe-Si-Mg. Next,
molten iron will be poured to the cast process.
Centrifugal Casting: Centrifugal casting requires water cooling metallic

and centrifugal casting machine that works automatically. Types of the
machine are divided as the pipe dimension (DN). Here For example, there
are machine for DN80-300mm, machine for DN400-700mm or machine for
DN700-1000mm.
During the process, the molten iron will be poured to the volumetric ladle.
When the molten iron entered the mould spinning, it needs water high
speed spin through the long through for the water cooling system. During
this process, the solidification process will be started. Finally, the extractor
will extract the pipe after it solidified completely.
Core Making: Core making equipment consists of manual machine and

automatic machine known as core-making jets. Silicon sand, solidifying
agent and resin will be mixed and rolled. Then it’s moved to the hopper of
the core-making jets machine with a conveyor. Core making process will
be started by jetting that material into core box. When it’s solidified
completely core will be made and tested. Next, core will be conveyed to
casting process.
Mould Maintenance: To remove the rust in the internal surface of a

mould, it will be grounded with sand wheel before it’s dotted with penning
head to increase its crack resistance. If cracks found on the mould
surface, it will be removed by turning the mould and welding the turning
area. Next grinding and penning will accomplish the maintenance.
Annealing/ Heat Treatment : The process consists of heating section,

heat holding section, slow cooling section and fast cooling section. Ductile
iron pipe will be entered to this 52 meters long machine and rolled on it.
Certainly its temperature will be controlled.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Zinc Coating: Adhesive molten zinc will be extracted to external surface of

pipe.
EN 545/598 mandates a minimum zinc content of 130 g/m2 (with local

minima of 110 g/m2 at 99.99% purity), and a minimum average finishing
layer thickness of 20 µm .
Finishing and Hydrostatic Testing: Pipe dimension will be checked here

and it’s important to remove the fins on the external and internal surface.
A Hydrostatic checking will be done in 10 seconds with proper pressure
refers to the dimension.
Hydraulic pressure for hydrostatic testing

Nominal Diameter (mm) Hydraulic Pressure (Mpa):
80=DN=300, 200=DN=600, 700=DN=1000, 1100=DN=2000
Cement Lining: Pipe will be rolled with low speed and it will be sprayed
with material. This material includes cement, sand, and water. Pipe will be
rolled with high speed to move excessive water and deposit cement. Nature
cure will be given to cement lining. Grinder will smooth its surface
Bitumen Coating: As zinc coating, bitumen will be sprayed to pipe. But it

will be done to internal and external surface. Bitumen will reduce the
corrosive on the internal surface.
Finishing: This process includes marking (trade mark), painting if it’s

required and packing. It will pack with thick wood and bundled with steel
belt.
Ductile Iron Metallurgy: Ductile Iron is an iron with elementary alloy

such as carbon, Si, Mn and Mg. Commonly, the carbon content on its
structure is 3 % or more. Ductile iron is one of the most important
engineering materials, in view of its excellent cast-ability, significantly
better mechanical properties and low cost. Simply, it’s similarly to steel in
strength, toughness, ductility and hardness.
A schematic process flow diagram is given in Figure-2.5.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
FIGURE-2.5: PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM
Production Capacity/Batch Time Calculation:

Double Track Induction Furnace 2 Nos. = 2 x 15 T with 6 crucibles (4 in
operation and 2 stand by)
Induction Furnace Batch time -45 minutes

Operational Time-15 hours in a day
Maximum production- 60 Ton/Batch
No of working days in a year-300 days
Total Batch in a day-(15X60)/45 = 20 (Max.)
Therefore, annual Production = Batch per day x Maximum Production x
No. of working days in a year
= 20 X 60 X 300
= 3,60,000 TPA
Considering breakdown/time lapse the annual production will be 3,50,000

TPA.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
2.8 UTILITIES
2.8.1 Storage Facilities

Raw materials will be stored in the raw material yard from where they will
be conveyed to the stock house kept in day bins by feeding into ground
hopper and conveyors.
2.8.2 Air Conditioning system

The air-conditioning system is proposed to be designed to maintain the
following conditions in the spaces serviced:
25+2oC dry bulb temperature and 55+5 percent relative humidity for
control rooms, control pulpits, computer rooms, PLC rooms, laboratory
etc.
To meet the above requirement, air handling units using chilled water,
package type air conditioning unit complete with compressor, condenser
and ductwork are envisaged. AC units/AHUs shall be installed in separate
rooms adjacent to various conditioned spaces served. Conditioned air from
AC units to the spaces served shall be provided by plenum/ductwork. Wall
mounted window model air conditioners have also been envisaged in some
areas for the purpose of air conditioning.
2.8.3 Oxygen System

Oxygen required for general purpose welding and cutting operations shall
be met by oxygen cylinder which shall be provided near the respective
plant units. The cylinders shall be provided with necessary cylinder valve
and suitable manifold to a distribution piping network upto the respective
consumption points.
2.8.4 Power
The power requirement for the steel plant aqs per EC configuration is
around 108 MW. The estimated power requirement of the proposed unit
will be around 10 MW. Thus total requirement will be 118 MW. At present
for operational unit the power requirement is 68 MW. The power
requirement will be met from WBSEDCL and Captive Power Plant. Current
contact demand from WBSEDCL is 36 MVA.
The Power Requirement breakup for the production enhancement project

(0.35 MTPA DIP Unit) is as:

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Power Requirement Calculation for 0.35 MTPA DIP Unit

TOTAL LOAD CONNECTED
SPECIFIC
SR GROSS CAPACITY CONSUMED FACTOR LOAD
PRODUCT POWER
NO POWER
CONSUPMTION
TPA TPD TPH IN KWH IN KWH IN KWH
1 DIP 350000 1166 49 158.8 7781.2 0.80 9726.5
2 OFICE ,
STREET
LIGHT 4
IN 0.80
7781.2 9730.5
POWER KWH
REQUIRED IN 7.78 9.73
MWH
Total Power Requirement for DIP Unit

Sr. No Utility 0.2 MTPA 0.35 MTPA 0.55 MTPA Source
(Operational DIP Plant DIP Plant
Unit)
1 Power 5.5 MW 9.73 15.23 West Bengal State

Electricity Distribution
Company Limited
2.9 WATER SUPPLY FACILITIES

The water requirement for all the units as per EC configuration is 1481
KLD. The existing plant water requirement for operational unit is 1065
m3/day (44.37 cu.m/hr) and additional water requirement for the
proposed expansion project is about 830 m3/day (34.5 cu.m/hr). Thus, the
total water requirement will be 2311 cu.m/day. The break-up of water
required for existing and proposed DIP Unit is given in Table-2.4.
This requirement will be met from River Kansabati & ground water sources
by bore wells and Rain Water Harvesting pond. Rashmi Metaliks Limited
has already obtained permission for withdrawal of 1 MGT water from
‘Kasai’ river & 0.6 MGT from bore well and has already made another
application for obtaining permission for additional 1 MGT withdrawal from’
Kasai’ River to SWID for industrial uses and it is in final stage of approval.
The water withdrawal permission is enclosed as Annexure.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Table-2.4
Total water Requirement for the DIP Plant (existing & proposed)
Sl. Utility 0.2 MTPA 0.35 MTPA 0.55 MTPA
No. DIP Plant DIP Plant DIP Plant
(KLD) (KLD) (KLD)
1 Induction furnace 126 230 356
2 Centrifugal Casting 233 380 613
3 Annealing Furnace 64 64 128
4 Zinc Coating Machine 3 18 21
5 Hydraulic Pressure Testing 35 62 97
Machine
6 Cement Mortar Lining Machine 10 45 55
7 Bitumen/ Epoxy Coating 4 22 26
8 Green Belt Development/ Dust 2 5 7
Suppression
9 Domestic Use 3 4 7
Total 480 830 1310
The water balance diagram for the entire existing operational steel plant as
well as proposed 0.35 MTPA DIP Unit is presented in Figure-2.6.
FIGURE-2.6 : WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Raw water treatment plant will be installed for pretreatment of raw water
and the clarified water will be pumped through MS pipeline to the
proposed units.
Drinking water system

Raw water after necessary clarification and filtration through gravity filter
will be disinfected and stored in the drinking water storage tank and will
be pumped to an overhead tank. Drinking water from this overhead tank
will be supplied to various consumers of the DIP plant by means of a
piping network, completed with valves, fittings and appurtenances.
Fire fighting water system

The fire fighting water network will be provided with adequate number of
yard hydrants and in-shop landing valves to combat fire hazards in the
plant.
To ensure availability of water at designed pressure for fire fighting,

electric motor driven and standby diesel engine driven pump sets will be
provided. Main electrical driven fire fighting pumps and diesel engines
driven standby fire fighting pumps will be provided for fire fighting
purpose. In case of fire, the main firefighting pump will pump firefighting
water to the hydrants. An independent piping network will be provided
complete with pipelines, valves, hydrants, fittings and appurtenances for
the said purpose.
Raw water treatment and filtration plant

A raw water pump house of RCC construction along with treatment plant,
filtration plant and make-up water pump house is proposed to be provided
at raw water reservoir to meet the make-up water requirement of these
units. Make-up water will be pumped through MS pipeline to different
plant consumers.
Overhead tanks
Overhead tanks will be provided for supply of emergency water to critical
consumers for a short duration in the event of interruption in normal
cooling water supply. The overhead tanks will be multi-compartment type,
each compartment serving emergency water requirements of individual
consumers.
Water Pollution Control and Conservation

Extensive recycling has been adopted in the design of plant water systems.
Quality of circulating water will be maintained through dosing of

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
conditioning chemicals for controlling corrosion, scale deposit and

microbial growth. Treated wastewater will be re-used in the plant. As such,
the plant will adopt zero discharge concept.
2.10 FIRE FIGHTING FACILITIES

Many working premises in a steel plant have hazardous and fire prone
environment. To protect the working personnel, equipment and
machineries, fire fighting measures have been planned for the proposed
project.
Fire protection facilities

In order to combat any occurrence of fire in plant premises, the following
fire protection facilities have been envisaged for the various units of the
plant.
Portable fire extinguishers

All plant units will be provided with adequate number of portable fire
extinguishers to be used as first aid fire appliances. The distribution and
election of extinguishers will be done in accordance with the requirement
of IS: 2190-91.
Hydrant system
A fire hydrant network system has been envisaged for the proposed
expansion project. Internal hydrants will be provided at suitable locations
and different hydrants will be provided normally along the road and in the
close vicinity of the units to meet the additional requirement of water for
extinguishing fire.
Automatic system
For oil cellars control rooms and computer rooms, automatic fire
extinguishing system has been envisaged.
2.11 MANPOWER PLANNING

Operation and maintenance of proposed plant require human resources in
different categories like managers, engineers of different discipline like
metallurgical, mechanical, electrical, electronics, computer, civil,
structural etc., highly skilled, skilled and semi-skilled work force in
different disciplines, commercial, accountants and financial managers,
unskilled labour force, clerical, security personal, etc.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Factory human resources

In order to operate and maintain the plant facilities, including its technical
and general administration needs, the estimated manpower requirement
for the proposed project has been estimated to be 300 persons.
The above estimate covers the top management, middle and junior level
executives and other supporting staff.
2.12 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
 MBF Slag is used as raw material in captive cement plant.

 Dust from APC Devices is used in Sinter Plant and also for Brick
Manufacturing.
 Miss Roll/ End Cuts from Rolling Mill is used in SMS
 Slag from Induction Furnaces is used for Land filling / Road
Construction purpose / paver block making. Same practice shall be
adopted for the proposed project.
 Slag from Magnesium converter is used for Land filling/Road
Construction purpose. Same practice shall be adopted for the
proposed project.
 Magnesium dust is used in the existing Sinter Plant. Same practice
shall be adopted for the proposed project.
 Core sand is used in Land Filling and reclamation. Same practice shall
be adopted for the proposed project.
 Zinc Dust is sold to PCB certified Paint manufacturer. Same practice
shall be adopted for the proposed project.
 The Runner Scrap is re-melted. Same practice shall be adopted for the
proposed project.
 Cement slurry is taken to the Effluent Treatment Plant from which the
water is recycled and the solid is either be used to manufacture
brick/cement tiles or for cement making in captive cement plant or is
sold to a manufacturer of the same. Same practice shall be adopted for
the proposed project.
 Waste oil, used oil and other hazardous wastes will be safely stored in
drums/tanks/covered shed and sold to authorized recyclers. Same
practice shall be adopted for the proposed project. The detail of solid
waste management is given in Table-2.5.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Table-2.5
Solid Waste Management for DIP Unit
Sl. Existing Proposed Total
No. Particulars (TPA) (TPA) (TPA) Disposal Scheme
1 Core Sand & 5429 9500 14929 Currently used in Land Filling and
Slag reclamation. Same practice shall be
2 Cement Slurry 572 1000 1572 Currently used for Brick Manufacturing.
Same practice shall be adopted for the
proposed project.
3 Dust from APC 4883 8717 13600 Magnesium dust is used in the existing
Devices Sinter Plant. Same practice shall be
Zinc Dust is sold to PCB certified Paint
manufacturer. Same practice shall be
4 Scrap Variable - - Currently used in Sinter Plant. Same
practice shall be adopted for the proposed
project.
The waste generated due the capacity enhancement will be handled as per
the existing practices. Sewage will be treated in existing sewage treatment
plant.
The overall Solid waste Management of the plant will be:
Sr. Particulars Existing (TPA) TOTAL Disposal Scheme

No. (TPA)
From EC From
awarded additional
Unit 0.35 MTPA
DI Pipe
Unit
1 Core Sand & 5429 9500 14929 Used for low land filling
Slag
2 Miss Roll/ 14300 - 14300 Used in S.M.S Plant
End Cuts
3 SMS Slag 16200 - 16200 Used for low land filling, Road
Making/ Paver Block Making
4 MBF Slag 59500 - 59500 Used in Captive Cement Plant
5 Dust from 46200 8717 54917 Used in Sinter Plant and also for
APC Devices Brick Manufacturing. Zinc Dust
is sold to PCB certified Paint
manufacture.
6 Scrap Variable - Variable Used in Sinter Plant
7 Cement 572 1000 1572 Used for Brick making and also
Slurry Used in Captive Cement Plant
8 Coal Tar 80 - 80 Sold to PCB certified Vender

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Induction Furnace Slag composition:

SiO2 – 60 to 80%
MnO – 5 to 20%
FeO – 10 to 15%
Al2O3 – 1 to 5%
2.13 POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES
Source Pollutants Control measures

Bag / cascade filters will be provided in
A. Air pollution Dust and various sections of material handling
Fumes and processing units for controlling air
pollution. The waste gases would be
discharged through tall stacks to
ensure adequate dispersion and
dilution of pollutants.
B. Domestic To be used for green belt.

Waste water
wastewater
C. Solid Waste Collected dust from the control devices

Dust
will be recycled in the process.
The detail of proposed APC devices for the capacity enhancement project is
mentioned below,

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Sr. Particulars Quantity / Name of the Proposed

No. capacity APC Devices Stack
Height
1 15 t Induction 02 Nos. with Pulse Jet Bag Filter of sufficient 35 Meter
furnace 6 crucibles (4 capacity, Swivelling Hood, Spark
in operation Arrestor, ID Fan for individual
& 2 stand by) Induction Furnace
2 8 T Induction 01 no with 3 Pulse Jet Bag Filter of sufficient 35 Meter
Melting Unit crucibles (2 in capacity, Swivelling Hood, Spark
operation & 1 Arrestor, ID Fan for individual
stand by) Induction Furnace
3 Annealing Furnace 02 x 30 TPH Not Required 35 Meter
Individual
4 Magnesium 02 x 18 TPH Bag Filter 35 Meter
Converter
5 Zinc Coating 01 x 10 TPH Bag Filter 35 Meter
Machine
6 Centrifugal Casting 10 x 5 TPH Not Required 35 Meter
Machine
7 Hydraulic Pressure 02 Nos. Not Required --
Testing Machine
8 Cement Mortar 03 x 15 TPH Not Required 35 Meter
Lining/ Curing
Machine
9 Bitumen Coating 02 x 15 TPH Not Required 35 Meter
Machine
10 Mould Grinding/ 02 Nos. Not Required --
Pipe socket Grinding
11 Sand Drying & 01 No. Not Required 15 m
Conveying System
12 Finishing Line 02 Nos. Not Required --
CROSS SECTIONAL
VIEW OF BAG FILTER

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
2.14 CONTROL OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS AT VARIOUS AUXILIARY

FACILITIES INSIDE THE PLANT
The unit will install air pollution control equipment to control particulate
matter emissions. Fugitive emissions from the proposed plant would be
significant as there will be air pollution due to activities like material
handling and transfer points of materials and movement of vehicles. These
operations generate large quantity of dust. Specific instances of fugitive
dust generation may include dust blown by wind from the raw-materials
stockpile, dust caused by vehicular traffic within the factory, dust leakage
from conveyors, conveyor transport points, storage hoppers and packers
etc.. Control measures like good housekeeping, proper maintenance,
wetting of dusty areas, use of enclosed storage wherever feasible etc.,
would considerably reduce fugitive dust. All pollution control systems are
connected to energy meters and the records are maintained for run hours,
failure time and efficiency.
Clean technologies/measures are implemented in the following way.

 B.F. Gas is used in rolling mill for preheating purpose..
 De-dusting is provided for product handling area.
 Fugitive emissions are suppressed by using dust suppression system
 Every possible effort is made to conserve the raw materials, energy
and water consumption to match with the international standards.
 Good housekeeping practices are maintained
 Raw Materials Handling Plant :

 All vibrating screens are already covered to preventing the leakages of
Dust
 Dust suppression system (Pulse jet Bag Filter with Silicon coating
bags) is adopted to control the fugitive dust emanated during extra
quantity of raw materials unloading operations.
 Raw Materials Storage system :

 All discharge and feed points wherever the possibility of dust
generation is there, are provided with dust suppression system.
 All material transfer points are connected with dust suppression water
nozzles to avoid the pollution
 Control of Point Emission :

 Clean gases having less than 50 mg/Nm3 of dust content are
exhausted through a stack of height 35 m height.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
With the implementation of all the above control measures, the gaseous
emissions shall be contained within the acceptable limits, thus ensuring
the full compliance to National Ambient Air Quality Emission Standards
issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. No. 826(E) dated 16th November, 2009.
2.15 WASTEWATER MANGEMENT

The prevention and control of water pollution aim at conserving make-up
water by recycling the wastewater after treatment. The wastewater, likely
to be generated from the proposed plant is:
 Underflow from Raw Water Clariflocculator

 Backwash Waste from Filtration Plant
 Run-off water from Raw Material Storage Yards
 Cooling Tower Blow-down
 Canteen Effluents
Sludge from Raw Water Clariflocculator and Backwash from Filtration

Plant will be led to a thickener for removing suspended solids. The
overflow from the thickener will be reused in the plant water system. The
Sludge from the thickener will be dried and dumped.
Cooling Tower blow down water from various recirculation systems will be
cascaded for reuse in gardening and dust suppression as shown in water
balance diagram.
Efforts will be made to harvest rainwater in the plant. Run-off water from
the office areas, shop roofs will be collected and stored for future use.
Domestic effluent from the various buildings/sheds of the plant will be

conveyed through separate drains to septic tanks. The effluent from the
septic tank will be disposed of through soil percolation by providing
dispersion trenches / soak pits.
The plant will be designed as a zero discharge plant as far as the process
effluents are concerned. The water will be recirculated through cooling and
treatment. No plant effluent will be discharged outside the plant premises.
The entire waste water will be recycled for various purposes inside the
plant.
Effluent Treatment Plant

At present solid waste of around 106 kg/day coming out of the cement
lining process. This slurry is pumped into sedimentation chambers of

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
the E.T.P. The sediments thus deposited into the sedimentation

chambers. These sediments are periodically removed with the help of a
Mechanical shovel or Excavator. The solid waste thus collected is
removed to a drying bed and dried. After that it is converted to brick or
tiles or is sold to a manufacturer of the same. The turbid water is taken
for further neutralization since the pH value is around 12 and adequate
acid dozing is done to bring the pH nearer to 7. The said neutralized
water is re-circulated into the process.
As per the recommendation of RO-MOEF, the work of installing oil and

grease separator has started. Because of this there will be slight
modification in the process flow of ETP. Now the effluent Mainly Water/
Slurry coming from cement lining process will be pumped into oil &
grease separation tank where oil and grease will be removed from the
effluent water. The rest of the process will remain same. The detail of
existing ETP plant is shown in Figure- 2.7.
FIGURE-2.7: EXISTING ETP
2.16 RAIN WATER HARVESTING

The entire land of the plant area has to be leveled in such a way that Rain
Water flows down to the RCC constructed Rain Water storage tank. Water
will enter into the storage tank through filter bed. Filter bed will be made
with different size of gravels and core sand. The filtrate water will be stored
in the tank. The same water will be rinsed for greenery purpose through

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
water pump and motor. The residue of the filter bed will be removed
manually from time to time.
Rain Water harvesting potential:

Total DIP Project Area – 25.0 acres (10.12 hectares)
Average annual rain fall in the project area - 1400 mm
Average annual monsoon rain fall - 80% of 1400 mm = 1120 mm (say)
Volume of surface run off in the plant campus = 10.12 x 1.12 x 0.4 ham,
= 4.534 ham say 0.045 mcm
Rain water harvesting potential of the plant campus – 0.045 mcm
75% run off may be allowed to be drained through natural drainage

system. For its sustenance and remaining 25% may be harvested and
stored suitably. Around 0.011 mcm (i.e 11,000 cu.m) of water therefore
can be conserved within the proposed plant.
The existing plant has one Rain Water Harvesting Pond (95mx105x5m)
with a capacity of 50,000 cu.m. The capacity of the same pond shall be
further increased to around 61,000 cu.m.
2.17 STORM WATER MANAGEMENT

The effectiveness of the drainage system depends on proper cleaning of all
drainage pipes/channels. Regular checking will be done to see that none
of the drains are clogged due to accumulation of sludge/sediments. The
clogged drains will be cleaned as soon as possible, preferably the same
day. The catch-pits linked to the storm water drainage system from the
raw material handling areas will be regularly checked and cleaned to
ensure their effectiveness. This checking and cleaning will be rigorous
during the monsoon season, especially at the time of heavy rains forecast.
2.18 LAND & GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

The total land of M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited is 58.27 Hectares (144
acres). The existing Ductile Iron Pipe Plant is located on 6.07 Hectares (15
acres) of land and expansion of DI Pipe Plant will take place within the
RML premises for which 4.05 Hectares (10 acres) of land will be needed
within the 58.27 Hectares of land. The Land is industrial in nature. No
additional land is required for the proposed expansion project. As the land
is already acquired, the question of rehabilitation and resettlement is not
an issue for the proposed project. The land use break up of existing as well
as of the proposed DIP plant is as follows,

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
AREA BREAK UP OF 144 Acers (58.27 Hectares)

Land Breakup
Sl. No. Particulars
1 Existing Unit 18.02

2 Raw Material Yard 4
3 Railway Siding 6
4 Open Space 5.5
5 Reservoir 1.5
6 Green Belt 19.2
7 Ductile Iron Pipe Unit 4.05
TOTAL AREA 58.27
Land Use Breakup of Existing & Proposed DIP Unit
AREA BREAK UP OF DIP UNIT

Existing 0.2 Proposed 0.35 Total 0.55
Sl. MTPA MTPA MTPA
Particulars
No. DIP Plant Area DIP Plant Area DIP Plant
(Hectares) (Hectares) Area (Hectares)
Ductile Iron Pipe
1 Unit 4.04 3.65 7.69
2 Raw Material Yard 0.82 - 0.82
3 Storage Yard 0.81 0.4 1.21
Administrative
4 Building/ Canteen 0.20 - 0.20
6 Road 0.20 - 0.20
TOTAL AREA 6.07 4.05 10.12
Trees filter particulates and are effective as sink of pollutants. Tree also
reduces noise level and regulates the oxygen balance in the area by
consuming released carbon dioxide. Hence, green development shall be
part of pollution control measure adopted in the open spaces in the plant
area.
In order to enhance land use as well as to compensate for any loss in

ecology during construction, adequate plantation programmes in and
around the project site have been planned and shall be adopted with
plantation of adequate number of trees.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Considering the need of open space for fire fighting and safety
requirement, greenbelt has been planned along the periphery in addition
to small patches of green area in the unutilized open space, roadside tree
plantation and grass lawns. The peripheral green belt varies in width to
suit the plant design requirement. The greenery is shown in the plant
layout (refer Figure-2.3).
Green belt development shall be taken up starting from the construction

phase of the proposed project.
The proposed DIP project shall be installed within the existing plant
occupying total land area of 58.27 hectares. 27% of the total plant area is
covered under Green Belt. For remaining 6% area positive initiative
already taken and is under implementation stage.
2.19 CHARTER ON CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY FOR

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION (CREP): INTEGRATED IRON
& STEEL INDUSTRY
The Charter on Corporate Responsibility (CREP) as laid down by Central
Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for Iron and Steel Industry will guide the
production in the proposed steel plant.
Management Initiatives for Charter of Corporate Responsibility as follows:
SN Unit / Responsibilities Extent of fulfillment

Item
1. SMS To reduce fugitive emission by secondary de-dusting
installing a secondary de- facility envisaged to
dusting system reduce the fugitive
emission
2 SMS Utilisation of SMS Slag 100% utilization will be
explored
3. Stack & Installation of Continuous Effort will be made
AAQ stacks monitoring system & its
calibration in major stacks
and setting up of the online
ambient air quality monitoring
Stations.
4. APCS To operate the pollution Will be complied
control equipment efficiently
and to keep proper record of
run hours, failure time and
efficiency with immediate
effect.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
2.20 PROJECT COST

DESCRIPTION COST
Total Capital Cost of the Project Rs. 165.0 Crores
Total Capital Cost for Environmental Rs. 7.0 Crores
Pollution Control Measures
Recurring Cost / annum for Rs. 70.0 Lacs
Environmental Pollution Control
Measures

Rashmi Metaliks C3 - 1
0.2 MTPA to 0.55 MTPA) in the existing Steel Plant at village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur
Limited
CHAPTER-3.0
BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL
SCENARIO
3.1 GENERAL
3.1.1 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE
The proposed expansion of Ductile Iron Pipe (0.2 MTPA to 0.55 MTPA) in
the existing DIP Plant is located at village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur
P.S. Kharagpur, District: Paschim Medinipur in West Bengal by M/s
Rashmi Metalliks Ltd.. Its geographical co-ordinates are Latitude
22°21'44.24"N and Longitude 87°17'48.50"E with above mean sea level
(AMSL) 110 ft. The Location Map of the project site is presented in
Figure-3.1.1.
3.1.2 TRANSPORTATION:
The project site already has proper road linkage for transport of materials
and equipments. The nearest Railway Station Kharagpur is 4.0 km from
the project site. Good road connectivity because of National Highway-6
(NH-6), connecting Kolkata to Mumbai is close to the project site. The
nearest important Airport - Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose International
(NSCBI) Airport, Kolkata is situated about 122 km distance at North-east
direction from the project site. Kolkata Port is around 106 km away and
Haldia Port is 90 km away from the Project Site.
3.1.3 SURROUNDINGS OF THE PROJECT SITE:

The important river near the Project site is the River Kansabati which
flows at a distance of 4.5 km towards North from the Project site. The
nearest important town Kharagpur is located about 4.0 km distance
towards south from the Project site. The District Head Quarter Midnapur
town is located about 6.5 km w.r.t. the project site.
3.1.4 COVERAGE OF THE STUDY AREA

The EIA is aimed at determining the environmental impacts on the
"Study Area", which encompasses all areas falling within a radius of 10
km around the proposed project site. The entire 10 km radius study area
around the proposed project comprises of Midnapore, Jhargram,
Kharagpur-I and Kharagpur-II CD Blocks under Paschim Medinipur
District in West Bengal.
Baseline Environmental Scenario Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd.

Limited
3.1.5 PHYSIOGRAPHY
Kharagpur, the fourth largest city of West Bengal in area after Kolkata,
Durgapur and Asansol and fifth most populated city of West Bengal after
Kolkata, Asansol, Siliguri and Durgapur, covering an area of about
127 km2 located in south-western Midnapore. It has an average elevation
of 29 metres (95 ft). This sub-division town is formed with Dalma Pahar
and alluvial tract of Midnapore.
There are no eco-sensitive areas like National Parks/ Wildlife

Sanctuaries/ Biosphere Reserves/ Migratory Corridors of wild animals
etc. within 10 km radius study area around the Project site. The 10 km
radius study area map around the project site has been presented in
Figure-3.1.2.
The major environmental disciplines studied in this EIA report include

Geology and Geo-hydrology, Land Use, Soil, Meteorology, Ambient air
Quality, Surface and Ground Water Quality, Noise, Ecology, Demography
and Socio-Economic Status.
The following chapters present the detailed discussion on the field data,
generated for soil, meteorology, water quality, air quality, noise, ecology,
and socio-economic during three months’ period (March,2017 –
May,2017) along with the relevant secondary data, collected from
various agencies on the relevant disciplines.

Limited
FIGURE-3.1.1: SITE LOCATION MAP

SITE LOCATION:
VILLAGE – GOKULPUR, P.O. – SHYAMRAIPUR, P.S. – KAHARGPUR,
DIST. – PASCHIM MEDINIPUR, W.B.
SITE CO-ORDINATES:
LATITUDE 22°21'44.24"N AND LONGITUDE 87°17'48.50"E
(ABOVE MEAN SEA LEVEL: 110 FT)

Limited
FIGURE – 3.1.2: 10 KM RADIUS STUDY AREA

Limited
3.2 GEOLOGY & GEOHYDROLOGY OF THE STUDY AREA

3.2.1 GEOLOGY OF THE STUDY AREA
Medinipur is a neighbouring area of Bihar and Orissa. The area lies
between 22º49 and 22º23 North Latitude and 87º30' and 87º00'
east Longitudes and bounded on the North and West by Rupnarayan
Forest Division and river Kangsabati, on the East by Medinipur-Keshpur
- Road and Kharagpur Forest Division and on the South by river
Kangsabati. This very upland is of 2029 sq. k.m. and the lands look wavy
in this area. Some small ranges and depressions are found here. West
Medinipur is a part of Chhotonagpur plateau, which is formed with
laterite. In the extreme north, some hills can be seen, which are 82 mtrs
to 223 mtrs in height. The land sloping is from north-west to south-east.
In its hilly surface some rivers and streams course with their move.
Among them, some rivers meet the flow of Cossye in the north, and some
of them meet the Subarnarekha.
The parent rock is a mixture of metamorphic rocks of sedimentary origin

and igneous rocks both basic and acidic. Laterite, the characteristic
formation of the district, occupies a large tract. The thickness of the
laterite varies from place to place but is not known to exceed 15m in this
area. The sandy loam and loamy soil of reddish or reddish brown colour
covers the upper layers of almost the whole area.
Geological Formations:
The geological features of the district are found that, the stone-
formations belong to ‘recent’ (Holocene), Pleistocene, Pliocene, Miocene,
etc. Almost in 2/3 part of this region, ‘recent alluvium’ can be found. The
alluvium is covered by a mantle of laterite. The laterite is of detrital
origin, being derived from the products of mechanical disintegration of
high level primary laterite. These secondary deposits readily recement
themselves into solid masses resembling the original materials. The
laterite capping is often only a few feet thick. The thickness nowhere
exceeds 20 feet in the area. A light coloured lithomarge often
characterizes the base of the lateritic deposits. The lower ground is
usually covered by recent alluvial formations. The exposed outcrops have
very rough pitted surface. The rock is usually dark reddish brown. In
texture the rock is scoraceous to vermicular and usually traversed by
irregular widely spaced well pronounced joints. The laterite generally
contains, in more or less abundance, small rounded or semi-rounded
pebbles of quartz and infrequently fragments of other rocks embedded in
a ferruginous matrix.

Limited
Other rocks are conglomerate, epidiorite and niche. These are hard and
stony and not at all cultivable. From Garbeta on north to Medinipur town
and from Dantan on the south to Kharagpur, State Highway is stretched
and the rail-track goes just on its parallel line and this may be treated as
the apportioning line of these two land-formations. The area has a very
gentle slope from East to West.
Subsurface Lithology up to a depth of 300 m from the surface comprise

mainly of clay, silt and sand of different grades varying from fine to
coarse, occasionally mixed with fine gravel. Potential granular horizons
occur mostly within the first 150 m. The lithologies also show that
granular zones occur at a greater depth as one goes from north to south.
3.2.2 GEOHYDROLOGY OF THE STUDY AREA

3.2.2.1 GROUND WATER GEOHYDROLOGY
Ground-water in the study area occurs both under water-table condition
and confined condition. Ground-water in the near surface aquifers occur
under water-table condition and in deep aquifers, under confined or sub-
artesian condition in favourable terrain. The primary source of ground-
water is rainfall, a part of which is lost as evaporation and transpiration
and another part moves as surface run-off and remaining part percolates
into the ground from direct rainfall or by lateral infiltration from surface
water-bodies to form saturated ground-water zone.
Groundwater occurs in a zone of saturation from or within a few feet of

land surface to a depth as yet unknown. Both confined and unconfined
waters occur in the study area. The water occurring in the laterite which
is tapped by open wells for small scale domestic uses is under water
table conditions. The depth to water as measured in the open wells is
between 11 and 12 feet below the land surface. The water occurring in
deeper zones is under pressure and is reported usually to rise to within
25 to 30 feet below the land surface. The replenishment of the confined
groundwater does not seem to be effected from the local rainfall, because
of the presence of the upper clay (lithomarge) horizon which acts as an
impervious barrier to the downward percolation of the rainwater.
The total thickness of the aquifer in the study area varies from 3.1 to
17.1 m. This aquifer is suitable for small diameter shallow tube-wells.
However, deviations from this general trend occur in the western and
southern parts of the territory. Groundwater occurs in a thick zone of
saturation within the alluvium. It exists in water table conditions in the

Limited
entire northern part due to the absence of effective confining clay beds.
In the south the groundwater is confined or partially confined, depending
on the presence of clay beds of varying thickness above and below the
aquifer.
Lithologs
The relationship between the granular composition and hydraulic
conductivity of sand samples has been studied. The granular
composition of the sands of the study area has been obtained from a
mechanical analysis of the sand.
Hydraulic Conductivity has been expressed by the grain size distribution

as per Zunker, Fahmy (1961) and De Ridder and Wit (1965). They also
used the specific surface U or this purpose.
The sand samples were collected from the tapped aquifer. The sand
analysis was carried out in the laboratory by using a set of nine sieves of
ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) specification and as
per Ernst et. al. (1970) the proportionality factor between K and I / U2 or
in other words the product KU2, of the area has been used to indicate the
transmissivity index of that area. The U value of the site was known and
the transmissivity has been predicted from the relationship:
KU2 = Constant Ti
To analyse the groundwater flow an orthogonal grid with sides of 2000 m

was constructed. The T value at the midpoint of each square was found
by superimposing the grid on the map of T values. Similarly the water
level at the nodal point was also found by superimposing the grid on the
contour map of the water table. The net subsurface inflow / was then
calculated.
Aquifer Characteristics
Exploratory tube wells were constructed by CGWB tapping the
productive fresh water bearing zones of depth ranging from 115 to 402 m
bgl are capable to yield 100 to 120 m3/hr with drawdown ranging from
2.3 to 16.5 metres. Transmissivity values range from 400 to 6500
m2/day.
Ground Water Management Strategy

At present ground water development is controlled by the shallow tube
wells and deep tube wells in the area. Development of ground water

Limited
which is almost free from Arsenic and salinity through deeper aquifers
for drinking purposes, is taken up by the construction of deep tube wells
applying cement sealing techniques in the arsenic & salinity affected
areas.
Groundwater exploration by CGWB reveals that in arsenic affected areas,

arsenic free deeper aquifers are available which are capable of yielding
arsenic free water. Accordingly, deeper aquifers are exploited and
arsenic-free water is supplied by state authorities. Apart from this, the
State Government as well as other organizations / agencies have
installed arsenic-removal plants and domestic filters which are producing
water with far below the permissible limit of arsenic content.
3.2.2.2 SURFACE WATER HYDROLOGY

The drainage basin is a fundamental geomorphic unit and the watershed
acts as a source area for precipitation that eventually provide to the
stream channels by various path. The drainage basin morphology being
an important aspect of geomorphic analysis has been undertaken in the
present context to determine the various properties of form elements,
their distributional variation, interrelationship, determination of
correlation coefficients etc. Geo-hydrology and groundwater exploration
means to identify and to locate the zone of recharge of groundwater in a
particular river basin or a catchment. Geological set up is established for
knowing about surface and subsurface nature of terrain. Topographic
and surface features are mapped in order to determine from highest to
lowest area, where water from different higher places can move and
accumulate. These particular zones are present in various terrains. The
identification of such places from the entire area, are thus selected for
groundwater exploration.
River Basin: A river basin is the portion of land drained by a river and
its tributaries. It encompasses the land surface dissected and drained by
many streams and creeks that flow downhill into one another. A river
basin collects all water from an area then moves it through the water
system, where it eventually empties into an ocean or sea. A river basin is
generally composed of many areas called watersheds.
In hydrology, the River basin is a logical unit of focus for studying the
movement of water within the hydrological cycle, because the majority of
water that discharges from the basin outlet originated as precipitation
falling on the basin. A portion of the water that enters the groundwater
system beneath the river basin may flow towards the outlet of another

Limited
drainage basin because groundwater flow directions do not always match

those of their overlying drainage network. Measurement of the discharge
of water from a basin may be made by a stream gauge located at the
basin's outlet.
River Kangsabati
Kangsabati River (also variously known as the Kasai and Cossye) rises
from the Chota Nagpur plateau in the state of Jharkhand, India and
passes through the districts of Purulia, Bankura and Paschim Medinipur
in West Bengal before draining in the Hooghly River. After rising near
Jhalda in the Chota Nagpur plateau in Purulia district, it passes by
Khatra and Ranibandh in Bankura district, and then enters Paschim
Medinipur in the Binpur area. It is joined by Bhairabbanki. At Keshpur
the river splits into two. The northern branch flows through the Daspur
area as Palarpai and joins the Rupnarayan River. The other branch flows
in a south-easterly direction and on joining the Kaliaghai River forms the
Haldi River, which flows in to the Hooghly River at Haldia.
Mukutmanipur, Midnapore, and Kharagpur are towns on or near the
banks of this river.
Other Surface water bodies:

Besides, there are many small & medium ponds, jheels, ditches,
wetlands, roadside burrows etc. found within the study area, which form
the surface hydrological system.
Drainage Pattern of the Study Area

Kasai river running west-east 4.5 km north of plant site is the major
stream in the study area. Kasai river also known as Kangsabati River
rises from the Chota Nagpur Plateau in the state of West Bengal and
passes through the districts of Purulia, Bankura and Paschim Medinipur
before draining in to the Bay of Bengal. After rising at Murguma near
Jhalda in the Chota Nagpur plateau in Purulia district, it passes by
Purulia, Khatra and Ranibandh in Bankura district, and then enters
Paschim Medinipur in the Binpur area. It is joined by Bhairabbanki. At
Keshpur, the river splits into two. The northern branch flows through the
Daspur area a Palarpai and joins the Rupnarayan River. The other
branch flows in a southeasterly direction and on joining the Kaliaghai
River forms the Haldi River, which flows into the Bay of Bengal at Haldia.
The Kangsabati Project was started in 1956 as part of the Indian Second
Five-year Plan to provide water to 3,484.77 km² of land in the districts of
Paschim Medinipur, East Medinipur, Bankura, Purulia districts and
Hooghly. It involves irrigation land using water from the Kangsabati

Limited
River, as well as the Shilabati and the Bhairabbanki rivers. The drainage
in the study area is of radial to dendritic with drainage density of 0.317
km/sq.km. Secondary distributaries and minor branches of Medinipur
Highlevel Canal system spread in the east and north/northwestern parts.
There are a number of small ponds spread over the entire study area.
There are no streams or rivers passing through and no visible drainage
course spread in the proposed plant site. Drainage network in the study
area is presented in Figure-3.2.1.
FIGURE-3.2.1: DRAINAGE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA

Limited
3.3 FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION MAPPING

Flood hazard zonation mapping as depicted in Figure-3.3.1 has been
prepared following an integration of overall assessment throughout West
Bengal. Basically five districts of West Bengal have been identified to
have the probability to be affected by flood. These districts are (1) North
24 Parganas, (2) Nadia, (3) Mursidabad, (4) South 24 Parganas, and (5)
Medinipur. Cluster analysis of Flood Hazard Zones has been shown in
Table-3.3.1.
The study area does not come under flood hazard zone. No flood hazard
has been recorded in the area till date. Flood Hazard Zonation Mapping
of West Bengal with indicating of the study area has been presented in
Figure-3.3.1.
Table-3.3.1
Cluster Analysis of Flood Hazard Zones
Districts No. of Vulnerable Major Rivers
Sub- Sub-Divisions
Divisions
North 05 - Barrackpore Jamuna
24 Parganas - Bashirhat Bhagirathi
Ichhamati
Nadia 03 - Nadia Sadar Jalangi
Hugli
Ganga
Murshidabad 05 - Lalbagh Bhagirathi
- Kandi Ganga
- Jangipur
South 02 - Diamond Rupnarayan
24 Parganas Harbor Hugli
Damodar
Medinipur 4+4=8 - Haldia Kasai
(East + West) - Kanthi Hugli
- Tamluk Subarnarekha
- Ghatal Rupnarayan

Limited
STUDY AREA
- FLOOD HAZARD ZONES
FIGURE-3.3.1:
FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION MAPPING OF WEST BENGAL

Limited
3.4 SEISMIC HISTORY OF THE STUDY AREA

West Bengal experiences earthquakes at a relatively lower frequency of
the seismic hazard zonation map. According to the IMD catalogue regions
are divided in the seismic zones II to V (low damage to very high damage),
corresponding to PEAK GROUND ACCELERATION (PGA) of 0.1, 0.2 and
0.25 (1 g = 980 Gal2) respectively.
According to IS: 1893-1984, the study area falls under Zone-III. It means
that the area is covered under “low hazard zone”. The region has
considerable area close to river basins and deltas that are characterized
by Holocene alluvium deposits, which are likely to soften and hence are
susceptible to liquefaction during an earthquake. There is no major
earthquake episode recorded in the study area till date. Seismicity map
of West Bengal with indicating the study area has been presented in
Figure-3.4.1.
STUDY AREA
FIGURE – 3.4.1:
SEISMICITY MAP OF WEST BENGAL WITH INDICATING
THE STUDY AREA

Limited
3.5 MAJOR OPERATIONAL INDUSTRIES IN 10 KM RADIUS AREA

AROUND THE PROJECT SITE
There are following operational industries found within the 10 km radius

area around the project site:
SL. TYPE OF DISTANCE
NAME OF INDUSTRY DIRECTION
NO. INDUSTRY (APPROX.)
Ball Bearings
1 Tata Bearings Ltd. 5 KM SW
Industry
2 Tata Metaliks Ltd. Pig Iron Plant 4 KM NW
3 Telecom Factory Engg Industry 5 KM SW
4 Century Extrusions Ltd. Engg Industry 5 KM SW
5 ASO Cement Ltd Cement 9 KM SE
6 Bansal Cement Ltd. Cement 3 KM NW
7 Siemens Pvt. Ltd. Industrial Gears 5 KM SW

Heavy
8 Essen Fabricators Pvt. Ltd. Engineering 8 KM SE
Division
9 Humboldt Wedag (I) Ltd. Slurry Pumps 5 KM SW
Carriage,
South Eastern Railway Wagon, Diesel
10 3 KM SE
Workshop Locomotive
Maintenance
Tata Constructions &
11 Engineering 6 KM E
Projects Ltd.
Ramswraup Loha Udyog
12 Steel Plant 0.5 KM W
Ltd.
13 Wellman Wacoma Ltd. Coke Oven 4 KM NE
Orissa Metaliks Private
14 Steel 3 KM NE
Ltd.
Kharagpur Metal
15 Reforming Industries Pvt. Engg. Industry 6 KM SE
Ltd.

Limited
3.6 LANDUSE
3.6.1 INTRODUCTION
M/s Rashmi Metalliks Ltd. is located at Village: Gokulpur, P.O.:
Shyamraipur, P.S.: Kharagpur, District: Paschim Medinipur in West
Bengal. Its geographical co-ordinates are Latitude 22°21'44.24"N and
Longitude 87°17'48.50"E with above mean sea level (AMSL) 110 ft.. River
Kangsavati are passing approx. 4.5 km distance in the northern side
w.r.t the project site.
3.6.2 LAND USE BASED ON SATELLITE IMAGERY

Satellite imagery contains detail records of features on the ground at the
time of satellite overpass. An image interpreter systematically examines
the images for generating the information required by him. Other
supporting materials such as published maps and reports from various
sources will increase the accuracy of the interpretation. The chain of
process in visual interpretation of the shape and pattern in an image
begins with detection. There are certain fundamental characteristics seen
on images which aid in the visual interpretation of satellite imagery.
These are tone/colour, size, shape, texture, pattern, location,
association, resolution and season. Visual interpretation is subjective
and differs from person to person and also upon the season, scale,
spectral bands, spatial resolution, overall image contrast and quality of
the data.
Land use pattern of an area plays an important role in conducting

Environmental Impact Assessment of a project. The land use pattern
within the study area around the plant of RLUL Steel plant at Kharagpur
has been assessed based on IRS-P6 LISS-3 data using Maximum
Likelihood (MXL) algorithm. The results of the analysis are given in
Table-3.6.1 and presented in Figure-3.6.1.
Land use pattern of the study area has been shown in Figure-3.6.2.

Limited
TABLE-3.6.1
LAND USE / LAND COVER CLASSES: AREA STATISTICS
Area Area
Sl. No Class
(in km2) (in Percentage)
1 Forest 29.90 9.51
2 Village Orchard 70.33 22.38
3 Farmland: Fallow 119.42 38.00
4 Farmland: Cropped 13.71 4.36
5 Culturable Waste (mainly grass) 35.43 11.27
6 Wasteland (mainly laterite) 7.63 2.43
7 Urban Area / Paved 23.76 7.56
8 Sand 8.83 2.81
9 Water 5.28 1.68
Total of all classes 314.29 100.00
FIGURE-3.6.1:
LAND USE / LAND COVER CLASSES: PERCENTAGE OF AREA

Limited
RESULTS:
The area is primarily agricultural, with farmlands occupying 42.36% of
the total study area. Village orchards occupy another 22.38%. This
connotes presence of many villages. The area also includes two major
urban centers of West Bengal: Medinipur and Kharagpur. Together, these
two towns and some isolated industrial and residential developments
account for 7.56% share of the paved area. The forests (9.51%),
wastelands (2.43%) and culturable wastes - consisting mostly of grasses
and/or scrub vegetation (11.27%) - occupy another 23.21% of the area.
Sands (2.81%) are mostly confined to the riverbed of Kansai. Finally, the
river itself, a few palaeo-channels and tanks of many different sizes and
shapes contribute to the 1.68% share of water bodies.

Limited
FIGURE 3.6.2 : LAND USE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA

Limited
3.7 SOIL
Soil may be defined as a thin layer of earth’s crust that serves as a
natural medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral
matter that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and
environmental factors such as parent materials, climate, organisms and
physico-chemical action of wind, water and sunlight, all acting over a
period of time. Soil differs from the parent materials in the
morphological, physical, chemical and biological properties. Also soil
differs among themselves in some or all the genetic or environmental
factors, therefore, some soils are yellow, some are black, some are
reddish, some are coarse textured. They serve as a reservoir of nutrients
for plants and crop and also provide mechanical anchorage and favorable
tilth.
3.7.1 FIELD STUDY, SAMPLING & ANALYSIS

To assess the impacts of the industrial and urban activities on the soils
in the study area, the physico-chemical characteristics of soils within the
study area have been examined by obtaining soil samples from selected
points and analysis of the same.
Four (4) sampling stations were selected for studying soil characteristics,
which has been shown in Table-3.7.1 & Figure-3.7.1. Stations have
been spread over the study area, keeping in view the vegetative cover, soil
types and maximum deposition of pollutants emitted through stacks,
which would accord an overall idea of the soil characteristics within the
study area.
The samples were collected once in the study period. A number of

parameters were determined which are indicative of physical, chemical
and fertility characteristics. The physico-chemical characteristics of the
soils in the study area, as obtained from the analysis of the soil samples,
are presented in Table-3.7.2.
3.7.2 CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL IN THE STUDY AREA

The soils of Midnapore uplands developed on Pleistocenes alluvial are
generally coloured in different shades of red, brown, yellow etc. These
soils are made up of one or more number of type horizons. The horizons
included red loamy soils, soils dominantly made up of ferric oxide
nodules, firm indurated laterite and soft plinthites. The generalized
sequence in a profile is red loamy soil-nodule dominant brown soil-firm
laterite-yellow and white variegated soil from top downward. The
horizons have variable characteristics but all of them are low in organic

Limited
matter, total nitrogen and reserve fertility. It has been found that profile
with about 1 metre of red loamy soil on the top is the best rooting
medium for the forest growth.
Red soil has limited distribution in the north-western part of the area.
They are the red coloured sedentary soils found mainly on laterite
supporting Sal vegetation. They are also found along the margins of
small hills base of vegetation. They are free from calcium carbonate
(CaCO3), low in Base Exchange capacity and a highly unsaturated base.
The laterite soil has wide distribution in the central, western and
southwestern parts of the area. Such soils are distinguished from the red
soils by the occurrence of ferruginous concretions in a definite layer.
According to textural type, soils in the district of West Midnapore can be

classified as following types – a) Sandy, b) Sandy loam, c) Loam, d) Sandy
clay loam and f) clay.
Clay, clay dominated loamy soils are the most characteristics features of
soil in the study area.
3.7.2.1 Physical Characteristics

The physical properties examined include colour, texture, bulk density,
and water holding capacity. Colour of soils was observed generally as
Brownish to Reddish. It is well documented that soils ranging between
Brownish to Reddish are generally acidic with low in nitrogen, calcium,
phosphate and other plant nutrients.
Soils having larger particles usually have higher bulk density than those
of smaller particles. Bulk density of soils in the study area varied
between (1.1-1.21) gm/cm3 which is normal for such soils. Water holding
capacity of the soils varied between (35.7-37.3)%. Grain Size analysis
shows that gravel, sand, silt and clay in the study area were found in the
range of (27-33)%, (16-23)%, (14-17)% and (33-36)% respectively.
3.7.2.2 Chemical Characteristics

The pH of the soils were found to be in the range ofb(5.5-6.1). Electrical
conductivity (EC) was found varying between (525-602) µmhos/cm. In
soil samples, calcium content of the soils varied between (0.33-0.42)%.
Range of sodium in the soils varied between (0.41-0.58)%. In soils,
sodium generally occurs as NaCl, Na2SO4 and sometimes, as Na2CO3 and
other soluble salts. In comparison to sodium, potassium levels were

Limited
slightly low. Range of potassium varied between (0.25-0.54)%. In this

study Nitrogen level varied between (0.41-0.56)%. Most of the nitrogen is
available in form of nitrates, nitrites, NH4+ and organic nitrogen. The
Phosphorous content ranged between (0.09-0.12)%. Cation Exchange
Capacity (CEC) varied between (22.8-25.1) meq/100 gm. Ranges of
Magnesium and Sulphur were varied between (0.21-0.27)% and (0.16 -
0.21)%. Organic Matter in the soils was observed between (2.2–2.6)%.
The soil samples collected from the project site and the surrounding area
reveals that the soil is sandy clay loam having high water holding
capacity (35.7 – 37.5%), high porosity (40 – 43.3%) and riches in
minerals and organic matter having pH (5.5 – 6.1) which will favour
plant growth. Salt content (EC – 525-602 µ mhocm-1), Calcium (0.33 –
0.42%), Potassium (0.25 – 0.54%); Nitrogen (0.4 – 0.56%), Phosphors
(0.09 – 0.12); Copper (8.7 – 10.1 ppm), Chromium (21.7 – 23.3 ppm),
Zinc (10.8 – 13.3 ppm), Organic matter, high percentage of clay content
will provide the nutrient and water for most of the land vegetation and
are helpful for producing food from agriculture, plant etc. Also, it is a
home for beneficial organism, worms etc. which, in turn, help for plant
growth. These nutrients and soil structure will positively increase the
sustainability of top soil and as such, no impact from the local industries
has been observed.
3.7.2.3 Fertility Status of Soil

The observed level of pH (5.5-6.1) is not expected to hinder the growth of
agricultural crops. Soils were observed to possess appreciable level of
Potassium, nitrogen, and phosphorous which indicate moderate to good
fertility or agricultural potential of the soils. The levels of other elements
were appreciably good. Thus, the overall fertility status of the soils within
the study area is reasonably good and is not expected to be detrimental
to the growth of agricultural and forest crops.
The prevailing edaphic, hydrological and climatological conditions favour

production of paddy and quite a good number of other crops. The prime
agricultural crop paddy is grown during both of the kharif and rabi
seasons.
TABLE-3.7.1
CODE NO. & NAME OF LOCATIONS
Sample code Location Name
SS 1 Samraipur
SS 2 Bargai
SS 3 Ayma
SS 4 Nimpur

Limited

Limited
TABLE-3.7.2
RESULTS OF SOIL QUALITY MONITORING IN THE STUDY AREA
PARAMETERS & SAMPLING LOCATIONS

S.N. UNIT
SQ-1 SQ-2 SQ-3 SQ-4
PHYSICAL CHARACTERESTICS :
Redish Redish
1 COLOUR Brown Brown Brown y Brown
2 TEXTURE
a) Gravel 33 30 27 32
b) Sand 16 20 23 18
c) Silt 15 17 14 16
d) Clay 36 33 36 34
3 BULK DENSITY (g/cm3) 1.12 1.21 1.1 1.16
4 POROSITY (%) 43.3 42.1 41.6 40.6
WATER HOLDING
5 CAPACITY (%) 37.30 36.10 37.10 35.70
CHEMICAL CHARACTERESTICS :
1 pH 5.8 5.5 6.1 5.7
2 EC (µmhos/cm) 525 602 554 564
3 CALCIUM (%) 0.42 0.39 0.33 0.35
4 MAGNESIUM (%) 0.22 0.27 0.21 0.25
5 SODIUM (%) 0.45 0.58 0.46 0.41
6 POTASSIUM (%) 0.33 0.25 0.54 0.48
7 SULPHUR (%) 0.21 0.16 0.2 0.16
8 NITROGEN (%) 0.56 0.41 0.48 0.54
9 PHOSPHORUS (%) 0.1 0.12 0.09 0.12
10 CEC ( meq/100 g) 23.6 25.1 22.8 23.4
11 ORGANIC MATTER (%) 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.6
12 COPPER (mg/Kg) 10.1 9.6 8.7 8.8
13 CHROMIUM (mg/Kg) 23.3 22.6 21.7 22.9
14 ZINC (mg/Kg) 10.8 11.6 12.7 13.3
15 LEAD (mg/Kg) 4.2 5.1 4.8 4.3

Limited
3.8 METEOROLOGY
3.8.1 SEASONS
The climate of the project area is humid and tropical. It is characterised
by a hot and dry summer from March to May, a south-west monsoon or
rainy season from June to September, a pleasant post-monsoon or
retreating monsoon from October to November and a cool winter from
December to February. Therefore, climatologically, four seasons viz.
summer (pre-monsoon), monsoon, post-monsoon and winter could be
deciphered comprising the following months:
Summer : March, April, May

Monsoon : June, July, August, and September
Post-monsoon : October, November
Winter : December, January, and February
3.8.2 ON-SITE METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS

Air Pollutants upon discharge to atmosphere pass through a number of
mechanisms, which include diffusion and transportation leading to
dispersion. These mechanisms are governed by the local atmospheric
conditions. All these result in the necessity to collect the meteorological
parameters like ambient temperature, wind speed, wind direction, and
other weather conditions (relative humidity, atmospheric pressure etc.),
which will be ultimately used for the prediction of the ground level
concentrations of the air pollutants through mathematical modelling.
For this purpose as also to corroborate and supplement the long term
meteorological data availed from IMD, Midnapore, a sophisticated on-site
meteorological observatory was established close to the project site and
operated continuously for the monitoring period of March, 2017 - May,
2017.
The observatory was located about 10 m above the ground level and
ensured to be free from any obstruction to wind. Besides, this location
was found to be most suitable one being close to the project site. The
summary of the on-site data generated in respect of the above
parameters for the period mentioned above are presented in Table-3.8.1.
The Wind rose diagram for the entire period is shown in Figures-3.8.1.

Limited
3.8.3 RESULTS OF ON-SITE METEOROLOGICAL DATA

3.8.3.1 Temperature
The monthly maximum and minimum temperatures recorded on-site
during the aforesaid monitoring period (March, 2017 - May, 2017)
varied between (39.5-42.5)°C and (17.5-25.0)°C respectively with overall
maximum and minimum temperatures being 42.5°C and 17.5°C
respectively (Table-3.8.1).
3.8.3.2 Relative Humidity

The monthly maximum and minimum relative humidity recorded on-site
during the said monitoring period varied between (74-77)% and (45-55)%
respectively, the overall maximum and minimum being 77% and 45%
respectively (Table 3.8.1).
3.8.3.3 Atmospheric Pressure

The overall maximum and minimum atmospheric pressures recorded on-
site during the said monitoring period were 755.9 mmHg and 747.2
mmHg respectively (Table 3.8.1).
3.8.3.4 Wind Speed and Direction

The maximum wind speed 5.7 Km/hr was in the month of May while the
overall mean wind speed during the whole monitoring period was 5.01
Km/hr (Table 3.8.1). The predominant wind direction is south.

Limited
TABLE-3.8.1
ON-SITE METEOROLOGICAL DATA
(March, 2017 - May, 2017)
Temperature Relative Barometric
Average
(°C) Humidity (%) Pressure(mm Hg)
Month Velocity
Max. Min. 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30
(Km/hr)
hrs. hrs. hrs. hrs.
March, 2017 39.5 17.5 77 45 755.9 749.6 4.14
April, 2017 42.5 22.0 74 51 752.9 749.4 5.20
May, 2017 42.5 25.0 77 55 751.4 747.2 5.70
OVERALL 42.5 17.5 77 45 755.9 747.2 5.01

Limited
WIND ROSE PLOT: DISPLAY:
WIND ROSE PLOT: DISPLAY:
Wind Speed Station #14826 - FLINT/BISHOP ARPT, MI Wind Speed
Station #14826 - FLINT/BISHOP ARPT, MI Direction (blowing from)
Direction (blowing from)
NORTH NORTH
15%
10%
12%
8%
9%
6%
6%
4%
3%
2%
WEST EAST
WEST EAST
WIND SPEED
WIND SPEED (m/s)
(m/s)
>= 11.0
>= 11.0
8.5 - 11.0
8.5 - 11.0
7.0 - 8.5
7.0 - 8.5
5.5 - 7.0
5.5 - 7.0
SOUTH 4.0 - 5.5
SOUTH 4.0 - 5.5
3.0 - 4.0
3.0 - 4.0
1.5 - 3.0
1.5 - 3.0
0.5 - 1.5 April, 2017 0.5 - 1.5
Calms: 14.78%
March, 2017 Calms: 24.87%
(Calm: 14.78%)
(Calm: 24.87%) WIND ROSE PLOT:
COMMENTS: DATA PERIOD: COMPANY NAME: DISPLAY:
COMMENTS:
WIND ROSE PLOT: DATA PERIOD: COMPANY NAME: DISPLAY: Station #14826 - FLINT/BISHOP ARPT, MI Wind Speed
Wind Speed Start Date: 4/1/2017 - 00:00 Direction (blowing from)
Station #14826 - FLINT/BISHOPStart
ARPT, MI3/1/2017 - 00:00
Date: End Date: 4/30/2017 - 23:00
Direction (blowing from)
End Date: 3/31/2017 - 23:00 MODELER:
MODELER:
CALM WINDS: TOTAL COUNT:

14.78% 690 hrs.
24.87% 744 hrs. NORTH
NORTH AVG. WIND SPEED: DATE: PROJECT NO.:
AVG. WIND SPEED: DATE: PROJECT NO.:
1.42 m/s 5/11/2017
1.05 m/s 5/11/2017
WRPLOT View - Lakes Environmental Software
WRPLOT View - Lakes Environmental Software
15%
15%
12%
12%
9%
9%
6%
6%
3%
3%
WEST EAST
WEST EAST
WIND SPEED
WIND SPEED (m/s)
(m/s)
>= 11.0
>= 11.0
8.5 - 11.0
8.5 - 11.0
7.0 - 8.5
7.0 - 8.5
5.5 - 7.0
5.5 - 7.0
SOUTH 4.0 - 5.5
SOUTH 4.0 - 5.5
3.0 - 4.0
3.0 - 4.0
1.5 - 3.0
1.5 - 3.0
May, 2017 0.5 - 1.5 March,2017 - May,2017 0.5 - 1.5

Calms: 18.32%
(Calm: 15.05%)
Calms: 15.05%
(Calm: 18.33%)
COMMENTS: DATA PERIOD: COMPANY NAME:
COMMENTS: DATA PERIOD: COMPANY NAME:
Start Date: 3/1/2017 - 00:00

Start Date: 5/1/2017 - 00:00
End Date: 5/31/2017 - 23:00
End Date: 5/31/2017 - 23:00
MODELER:
MODELER:

FIGURE-3.8.1: CALM WINDS: TOTAL COUNT:
15.05%
AVG. WIND SPEED:

744 hrs.
DATE:
WIND ROSE DIAGRAM
PROJECT NO.:
18.32%
AVG. WIND SPEED:

2178 hrs.
DATE: PROJECT NO.:
1.53 m/s 5/11/2017 1.33 m/s 5/11/2017
WRPLOT View - Lakes Environmental Software WRPLOT View - Lakes Environmental Software

Limited
3.9 AIR QUALITY

3.9.1 SELECTION OF MONITORING STATIONS
The sources of air pollution in the region are industrial emissions,
vehicular traffic, dust arising from unpaved village roads and domestic
fuel burning. The prime objective of the baseline air quality study was to
establish the existing ambient air quality of the area. This will be useful
for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality
during the operation of the proposed DIP Plant.
The monitoring locations for establishing the baseline status of ambient

air quality has been identified on the basis of the following
considerations:
1. Meteorological conditions
2. Topography of the study area
3. Category of the area like habitat, forest etc.
4. Representative of likely affected area
Further, due consideration were also given to the likely affected zones
during construction and operation of the plant. The location of human
habitation and other sensitive areas within the study area were also
considered in selection of ambient air quality monitoring locations.
Eight (8) numbers of monitoring stations were set up to assess the

existing air quality of the study area. One station was located at the
proposed project site and the seven others, outside the proposed project
site. The locations of the monitoring stations were based on the frequent
wind directions in order to site the stations as close as feasible to the
anticipated maximum pollutant deposition areas, moreover, duly
considering human habitation and proximity to sensitive zones within
the study area. Logistic considerations as ready accessibility, security,
availability of reliable power supply etc. were examined while finalizing
the monitoring locations.
The Ambient Air Quality Monitoring locations have been presented in

Figure-3.9.1. The relative direction and distance of these locations with
respect to the project site have been tabulated in Table-3.9.1.

Limited
Description of Monitoring Stations
1) Near Project Site (Near Main Gate) (AQ1): The monitoring station
(Latitude-22°21'26.61"N & Longitude-87°17'33.89"E) is located within
the project site in the southern site. Air quality monitoring
instruments were placed on the roof top of the security building. All
necessary infrastructures like accessible road, electricity etc. are
available in the vicinity. NH-6 is passing close to the project boundary
in the southern side.
2) Samraipur (AQ2): Samraipur is a medium size village. The monitoring

station (Latitude-22°22'27.02"N & Longitude-87°17'36.63"E) is located
at a distance of around 1.3 km. in ‘NNW’ direction from the project
site. This station is located in the downwind direction w.r.t. the
project site. Air quality monitoring instruments were placed on the
roof top of a village building. NH-6 is passing at a distance of 1.8 km
from the monitoring station. There is human population around this
location. Besides, there are agriculture lands, all around this village.
Electricity is available in the area. Around five industries are located
beyond 1.0 km distance in the north-west direction from this
monitoring station.
3) Bargai (AQ3): Bargai is a small village. The monitoring station

(Latitude-22°22'7.54"N & Longitude-87°18'50.40"E) at the village is
situated at a distance of 1.8 km. in ‘ESE’ direction from the project
site. All types of infrastructure are available in the village. NH-6 is
passing at a distance of 0.7 km in east side w.r.t. the monitoring
station. There is human population around this monitoring station.
Besides, there are agriculture lands, all around this location.
4) Bidyasagarpur (AQ4): Bidyasagarpur is a densely populated area

close to Kharagpur Railway Station. The monitoring station (Latitude-
22°21'0.58"N & Longitude-87°19'45.61"E) is situated at a distance of
3.6 km in ‘SE’ direction from the project site. This station is located in
the upwind direction w.r.t. the project site. Air quality monitoring
instruments were placed on top of a building. NH-6 is passing at a
distance of 1.7 km in north side w.r.t. the monitoring station. There is
dense human population around this location. All necessary
infrastructures like accessible road, electricity etc. are available in the
vicinity.

Limited
5) Ayma (AQ5): Ayma is a densely populated area close to Kharagpur

Railway yard. The monitoring station (Latitude-22°19'50.15"N &
Longitude-87°17'36.96"E) is situated at around 3.5 km in ‘S’ direction
w.r.t. the project site. This station is located in the upwind direction
w.r.t. the project site. Air quality monitoring instruments were placed
on top of a building. NH-6 is passing at a distance of 3.0 km in north
side w.r.t. the monitoring station. There is human population around
the monitoring station. Electricity & all other infrastructures are
available in the area.
6) Najir Chak (AQ6): Najir Chak is a small village, situated at a distance

of around 3.4 km. from the project site. The monitoring station
(Latitude-22°22'13.29"N & Longitude-87°15'48.83"E) in the village is
situated at around 2.4 km. in ‘north direction from NH-6. This station
is located in the downwind direction w.r.t. the project site. Air quality
monitoring instruments were placed on top of a village building. This
location is surrounded by the human settlement along with the
Agriculture land. Electricity & all other infrastructures are available in
the village.
7) Nimpur (AQ7): Nimpur is a large village, situated at a distance of 4.1

km. in ‘SW’ direction from the project site. The monitoring station
(Latitude-22°20'51.96"N & Longitude-87°15'34.37"E) is situated at
around 0.7 km. from NH-6. Air quality monitoring instruments were
placed on top of a village building. This location is surrounded by the
dense human settlement areas. Agriculture land is also found in the
northern side from this monitoring station. Electricity & all other
infrastructures are available in the village.
8) Pancharulia (AQ8): Pancharuli is a small village, situated at the

distance of 2.8 km. in ‘W’ direction from the project site. The
monitoring station (Latitude-22°21'16.22"N & Longitude-
87°16'6.01"E) was set up at around 0.7 km distance from NH-6. The
monitoring instruments were installed on top of a single storey village
building. The site is surrounded by the agricultural land. Electricity is
available in the village.
3.9.2 PARAMETERS & FREQUENCY OF MONITORING

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring has been conducted for the period
(March, 2017 - May, 2017) at a frequency of twice a week at each

Limited
station adopting a continuous 24 hours schedule in respect of the

following parameters:
- Particulate Matter-10 (PM10)

- Particulate Matter-2.5 (PM2.5)
- Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)
- Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)
Carbon Monoxide (CO) monitoring has been conducted for the same
period at a frequency of twice a week at each station adopting a
continuous 8 hours schedule.
The equipment was placed at a height of 3.0 to 4.5 metres above ground
level at each monitoring station, thus negating the effects of windblown
ground dust. The equipment was placed at open space free from trees
and other obstruction which otherwise act as a sink of pollutants
resulting in lower levels in monitoring results. At locations close to
highways, the equipment was placed at least 100 m away from such
highways/roads to avoid influence of traffic exhaust emissions.
3.9.3 RESULTS & DISCUSSIONS

Statistical analysis (minimum, maximum, arithmetic mean and 98
percentile values) of the ambient air quality in the study area for the
entire three months monitoring period are shown in Table-3.9.2. The
results of such analysis are pictorially presented from Figure-3.9.2 to
Figure-3.9.8.
The following implications can be made on the basis of the obtained

results:
3.9.3.1 Particulate Matter-10 (PM10)

Arithmetic Mean of the 24-hourly average values of PM10 varied station-
wise between 70.8 g/m3 (at Pancharulia) to 82.8 g/m3 (near Project Site
at Khanjarichak) with overall mean of all 8 stations being 75.8 g/m3.
Arithmetic Mean of the 24-hourly average values of PM10 at all locations
is under the limit of (100 µg/m3) National Ambient Air Quality
Standards, 2009.
3.9.3.2 Particulate Matter - 2.5 (PM2.5)

Arithmetic Mean of the 24-hourly average values of PM2.5 varied station-
wise between 29.8 g/m3 (at Pancharulia) to 36.2 g/m3 (near Project Site
at Khanjarichak) with overall mean of all 8 stations being 32.9 g/m3.

Limited
Arithmetic Mean of the 24-hourly average values of PM2.5 at all locations

is under the limit of (60 µg/m3) National Ambient Air Quality Standards,
2009.
3.9.3.3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Arithmetic mean of 24-hourly average values of SO2 varied station wise
between 7.5 g/m3 (at Nimpur) to 14.6 g/m3 (at Samraipur) with overall
mean of all 8 stations being 10.3 g/m3. Arithmetic Mean of the 24-
hourly average values of SO2 at all locations is under the limit of (80
µg/m3) National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009.
3.9.3.4 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

The overall arithmetic mean of 24-hourly average values of NO2 over the
entire study area was 20.3 g/m3 while individual arithmetic mean levels
computed at 8 stations ranged between 16.4 g/m3 (at Najir Chak) to
27.0 g/m3 (near Project Site at Khanjarichak). Arithmetic Mean of the
24-hourly average values of NO2 at all locations is under the limit of (80
µg/m3) National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009.
3.9.3.5 Carbon Monoxide (CO)

The overall arithmetic mean of 8-hourly average values of CO over the
entire study area was 0.772 mg/m3 while individual arithmetic mean
levels computed at all 8 stations ranged between 0.548 mg/m3 (at
Bidyasagarpur) and 0.952 mg/m3 (at Pancharulia). Arithmetic Mean of
the 8-hourly average values of CO at all locations is within the
permissible limit of 2.0 mg/m3, as stipulated in National Ambient Air
Quality Standards, 2009.
Conclusion
The values of all the pollutants at the respective locations were within the
acceptable ranges on all the occasions.

Limited
TABLE-3.9.1
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations in the study area
Location Location Name Approx. aerial Direction
Criteria for
Code distance from from
Selection
project site (km) project site
AQ1 Near Project Site 0.7 SW Representation of
(Near Main Gate) the Project Site
AQ2 Samraipur 1.3 NNW Located in most
predominant
Down wind
Direction
AQ3 Bargai 1.8 ESE Located in Down
wind Direction
AQ4 Bidyasagarpur 3.6 SE Settlement Area
AQ5 Ayma 3.5 S Located in up
wind Direction
AQ6 Najir Chak 3.4 NNW Located in Down
wind Direction
AQ7 Nimpur 4.1 SW Located in up
wind Direction
AQ8 Pancharulia 2.8 W Settlement Area

Limited
AQ2
AQ6 AQ3
AQ1
AQ8
AQ4
AQ7
AQ5
FIGURE-3.9.1: AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS
AQ1 Near Project Site AQ5 Ayma

(Khanjarichak)
AQ2 Samraipur AQ6 Najir Chak
AQ3 Bargai AQ7 Nimpur
AQ4 Bidyasagarpur AQ8 Pancharulia

Limited
TABLE-3.9.2
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS RESULTS OF AIR POLLUTANTS
(Period: March, 2017 - May, 2017)
Pollutants Locations MES Min Max A.M. P-98
Near Project Site
24
(Khanjarichak) 71 94 82.8 93.1
Samraipur 24 68 90 78.6 90.0
Bargai 24 66 86 75.3 85.5
PM10 Bidyasagarpur 24 58 83 72.7 82.5
(µg/m3) Ayma 24 68 87 78.3 87.0
Najir Chak 24 60 82 71.4 82.0
Nimpur 24 64 88 76.3 87.5
Pancharulia 24 62 81 70.8 80.5
OVERALL 192 58 94 75.8 92.6
Near Project Site
24
Samraipur 24 30 41 34.6 40.3
Bargai 24 28 37 32.9 37.2
PM2.5 Bidyasagarpur 24 26 37 31.6 37.1
(µg/m3) Ayma 24 27 40 34.3 39.2
Najir Chak 24 25 36 30.8 36.0
Nimpur 24 27 38 32.8 37.4
Pancharulia 24 25 34 29.8 34.2
OVERALL 192 25 45 32.9 42.6
Near Project Site
24
Samraipur 24 10 19 14.6 19.0
Bargai 24 7 12 9.8 12.0
SO2 Bidyasagarpur 24 6 10 8.0 10.0
(µg/m3) Ayma 24 9 17 11.9 17.0
Najir Chak 24 7 13 9.6 12.5
Nimpur 24 5 12 7.5 11.5
Pancharulia 24 7 14 9.5 13.1
OVERALL 192 5 19 10.3 18.7
Near Project Site
24
Samraipur 24 16 30 23.4 29.5
Bargai 24 12 28 17.8 25.7
NO2 Bidyasagarpur 24 13 23 17.2 22.1
(µg/m3) Ayma 24 16 31 22.5 29.6
Najir Chak 24 11 21 16.4 21.0
Nimpur 24 14 28 20.3 27.5
Pancharulia 24 12 26 18.0 25.5
OVERALL 192 11 34 20.3 33.0
N.B.: MES - No. of measurements, MIN - Minimum, MAX - Maximum,
A.M. - Arithmetic Mean, P-98 - 98 percentile.

Limited
TABLE-3.9.2 (Continued)
(Period: March,2017 - May,2017)
Near Project Site 72 0.487 2.044 0.921 1.701
(Khanjarichak)
Samraipur 72 0.311 1.890 0.761 1.595
Bargai 72 0.414 1.594 0.724 1.486
CO Bidyasagarpur 72 0.323 1.010 0.548 0.993
(mg/m3) Ayma 72 0.452 1.867 0.834 1.718
Najir Chak 72 0.302 1.365 0.621 1.328
Nimpur 72 0.411 1.654 0.813 1.640
Pancharulia 72 0.512 1.997 0.952 1.885
OVERALL 576 0.302 2.044 0.772 1.861

Limited
FIGURE-3.9.2: PM10 FIGURE 3.9.3: PM2.5
FIGURE 3.9.4: SO2 FIGURE 3.9.5: NO2
FIGURE-3.9.6: CO

Limited
3.9.4 TRAFFIC STUDY ASSESSMENT

The traffic studies have been conducted to know the prevailing traffic
volumes on the roads in the study area. It is essential to consider these
details for assessing the anticipated future traffic volumes as a part of
overall impacts assessment for the project. The variations of traffic
densities depend upon the working days and time and also vary in day
and night times. In order to assess the prevailing traffic volumes on the
roads, the survey was conducted during normal working days of the
week by avoiding local holidays or abnormal situations to reflect the true
picture of the traffic densities. The traffic study was conducted at one
location for 24 hours.
The Traffic Density was monitored on Tata Metaliks Road to Saha Chowk
which is about 0.5 km away from project site. The vehicles plying in both
the directions were counted continuously for 24 hours. The vehicles were
counted every hour and recorded under respective category. The vehicles
were categorized under various heads like trucks/tankers, buses, multi
axles, cars, 2/3 wheelers, cycles and bullock carts.
The data were recorded once for a day in the month of April, 2017, for
continuous 24 hours in a day. The relevant accounts have been gathered
in Table-3.9.3.
TABLE – 3.9.3
NAME OF THE LOCATION: AT KANCHKAL MORE NEAR
PROPOSED PROJECT SITE
DATE OF SAMPLING: 17/04/2017
Two Wheelers Four Tractors Buses Multi TOTAL

(Bicycle / Wheelers / Trucks Axles PCU’S
Location
Scooter / (Car /
Motorcycle) Jeep)
Saha Chowk
to Tata 853 214 348 51 281 1747
Metaliks Road
Tata Metaliks
Road to Saha 1971 153 334 58 203 2719
Chowk
TOTAL 2824 367 682 109 484 4466

Limited
3.10 WATER ENVIRONMENT

WATER BODIES IN THE STUDY AREA
The main surface water body in the study area is the river Kangsabati.
This river is mainly perennial in nature, which means it has sufficient
water to flow all around the year. Besides, a number of confined water
bodies, viz. tanks, ponds, jheels, roadside burrows etc. which form a part
of surface hydrological system, exist within the study area. As the River
Kangsabati is the main drainage channel of the region, this river receives
pollution loads of industrial and domestic waste water and also
agricultural run-off. Ground water sources are mainly bore wells, tube
wells and dug wells which are scattered in the whole study area.
The project site is surrounded by many small and big Industries on the
north and Kharagpur township on South-East, South and South-West.
The river Kangsabati is in the North. In East and West sides, there is
open agricultural land and small settlements.
PRESENT WATER USE

The water demand of the area can be broadly classified into domestic,
agricultural and industrial. All these demands are met from both surface
and ground water sources.
WATER SAMPLING
As surface water, water samples were collected and analyzed from total
ten (10) locations, including two (2) different locations from the River
Kangsabati and from eight (8) different ponds of different locations and as
ground water, water samples were collected and analyzed from total nine
(9) locations including one (1) location from bore well, one (1) location
from dug well and rest of seven (7) different locations from tube wells to
assess the baseline status of the whole water quality in the study area.
Out of the two river water samples, one was collected from the up-stream
of the industry and the other from the downstream of the existing
industry and urban discharge of Kharagpur Township to know the
pollution load of river.
All the samples were analyzed with respect to physical, chemical and
biological parameters including toxic organics and metals, adopting
Standard methods. The locations of the sampling points for both surface
and ground water are tabulated in Table-3.10.1 & presented in Figure-
3.10.1.

Limited
3.10.1 SURFACE WATER QUALITY

Surface Water samples were collected from two (2) different locations
(SW1 & SW2) for the River Kangsabati and eight (8) different locations for
ponds (SW3 to SW10) to analyze and assess the surface water quality of
the study area.
Sampling and analysis of surface water were carried out following the
analysis techniques and methodology described in relevant Indian
Standards, the guidelines of the concerned body, American Water Works
Association (AWWA) etc.
RESULTS OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY MONITORING:

Results of Water Quality of the river Kangsabati:
The water quality monitoring results of two (2) water samples (Upstream-
SW1 & Downstream-SW2) from the River Kangsabati have been compiled
in Table-3.10.2.
The pH values of the collected two water samples (SW1 & SW2) from the
River Kangsabati were found 7.1 and 7.3. Values of Dissolved Oxygen
were observed (6.9 & 7.1) mg/lit. Total Dissolved Solids were found (190
& 193) mg/lit while values of total Hardness were found (97 & 98) mg/lit.
Calcium & Magnesium were found (24 & 26) mg/lit and (8 & 9) mg/lit
respectively. Oil and grease was below detection limit (<1.4 mg/lit) in
these two samples. Sulphate, Nitrate and Chloride were observed (6 & 7)
mg/lit, (1.3 & 1.9) mg/lit and (37 & 40) mg/lit respectively. Iron contents
were found (0.18) mg/lit and zinc contents were found (0.12 & 0.16)
mg/lit in both samples.
Heavy metals like copper, lead, mercury, cadmium and chromium in

these two (2) river water samples (SW1 & SW2) were below their
respective detection limits.
Results of Pond Water Quality:

The water quality monitoring results of eight (8) pond water samples
(SW3 to SW10) have been compiled in Table-3.10.2.
The pH values of the collected pond water samples were found in the
range of (6.9 - 7.8). Dissolved Oxygen was observed in the ranges of (5.9 -
6.6) mg/lit. Total Dissolved Solids were found in the ranges of (246 - 292)
mg/lit while Total Hardness was found in the ranges of (166 - 208)

Limited
mg/lit. Calcium & Magnesium were found varying in the ranges of (44 -
65) mg/lit and (8 - 22) mg/lit respectively. Oil and grease was below
detection limit (<1.4 mg/lit) in these samples. Sulphate, Nitrate and
Chloride were observed varying in the ranges of (7 - 13) mg/lit, (2.3 – 3.9)
mg/lit and (55 - 71) mg/lit respectively. Values of Iron and zinc contents
were found in the ranges of (0.22 - 0.45) and (0.18 - 0.33) mg/lit
respectively.
Heavy metals like copper, lead, mercury, cadmium and chromium of

these pond water samples (SW3 to SW10) were below their respective
detection limits.
Conclusion:
The physic-chemical characteristics of both the river water samples were
found to be similar in nature except the total coliform in which
downstream water showed a higher value, which may be due to urban
discharge.
As per CPCB norms of classification of surface water, both the pond &
river water quality falls under the cover of “C” which indicate that both
sources of water are fit for drinking purposes after Conventional
treatment and disinfection.
3.10.2 GROUND WATER QUALITY

Nine (9) Ground Water samples were collected in which one (1) sample
(GW1) was collected from bore well; one (1) sample (GW5) from dug well
and rest of seven (7) samples (GW2, GW3, GW4, GW6, GW7, GW8 &
GW9) were collected from tube wells of seven (7) different locations to
assess the baseline status of ground water quality of the surrounding 10
km radius study area.
Sampling and analysis of ground water were carried out following the
analysis techniques and methodology described in relevant Indian
Standards, the guidelines of the concerned body, American Water Works
Association (AWWA) etc. The ground water quality monitoring results
have been tabulated in Table-3.10.3.
RESULTS OF GROUND WATER QUALITY MONITORING:

The pH values of collected ground water samples were found in the range
of (6.9 - 7.6). Values of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) were found in the

Limited
ranges of (332 - 397) mg/lit while Total Hardness were found in the
ranges of (192 - 219) mg/lit. Calcium and Magnesium were found varying
in the ranges of (47 - 68) mg/lit and (8 - 18) mg/lit respectively.
Sulphate, Nitrate and Chloride were observed in the ranges of (7 - 18)
mg/lit, (2.2 – 4.7) mg/lit and (65 - 90) mg/lit respectively. Iron contents
were found in the ranges of (0.23 - 0.35) mg/lit and zinc contents were
found below detection limit (<0.05 mg/lit.) in all ground water samples.
Alkalinity was found in the ranges of (207 - 254) mg/lit.
Other heavy metals like copper, Chromium, Cadmium, arsenic and lead
were below their respective detection limits.
Conclusion:
Ground water physico-chemical properties in the study area showed that
the water Starta mainly from Carbonate – Bicarbonate buffer system
have appreciable amount of alkalinity, calcium & Magnesium which are
beneficial for human health. The other parameters are comparable and fit
for direct human consumption except Iron content which is only
aesthetic value and the water quality of this area are as per BIS-10500
drinking water norms.
TABLE-3.10.1
Water Quality Monitoring Locations in the study area
Sample Code Locations
Surface Water:
SW1 Kangsabati River
(Upstream – near village Barkola)
SW2 Kangsabati River
(Downstream – near village Kenduyapal)
SW3 Subashpally (Pond)
SW4 Bhagwanpur (Pond)
SW5 Vidyasagarpur (Pond)
SW6 Chandabila (Pond)
SW7 Gokulpur (Pond)
SW8 Alichak (Pond)
SW9 Narayanpur (Pond)
SW10 Rupnarayanpur (Pond)
Ground Water:
GW1 Near Project Site (Borewell)
GW2 Dehikia (Tube well)
GW3 Chandabila (Tube well)
GW4 Narayanpur (Tube well)

Limited
GW5 Srikrishnapur (Dug well)

GW6 Nimpura (Tube well)
GW7 Kenduyapal (Tube well)
GW8 Barkola (Tube well)
GW9 Gokulpur (Tube well)

Limited
TABLE-3.10.2
Surface Water Quality
Sl. Parameters Unit SAMPLE CODES
No. SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5
1 Colour Hazen Unit Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless
2 Odour - Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj.
3 pH - 7.1 7.3 7.7 7.4 6.9
4 Conductivity µmhos/cm 340 347 512 468 503
5 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 7.1 6.9 6.1 6.3 6.5
6 Biochemical Oxygen mg/L 3 3 4 6 5
Demand (BOD)
7 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 1886 1944 930 866 1062
8 Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 190 193 287 261 282
9 Oil & Grease mg/L <1.4 <1.4 <1.4 <1.4 <1.4
10 Phenol (as C6H5OH) mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
11 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 97 98 203 178 188
12 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 40 37 70 66 68
13 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 6 7 12 9 11
14 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 1.9 1.3 2.5 3.3 3.5
15 Fluoride (as F) mg/L 0.58 0.54 0.3 0.51 0.59
16 Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 24 26 45 58 52
17 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 9 8 22 8 14
18 Copper (as Cu) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
19 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.18 0.18 0.22 0.32 0.27
20 Manganese (as Mn) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
21 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L 0.12 0.16 0.2 0.18 0.22
22 Boron (as B) mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
23 Arsenic (as As) mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002
24 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
25 Lead (as Pb) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
26 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
27 Alkalinity mg/L 124 130 180 160 170
28 Hexavalent Chromium mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
(as Cr+6)
Unobj. – Unobjectional
CODE LOCATION NAME

SW1 Kangsabati River (Upstream – near village Barkola)
SW2 Kangsabati River (Downstream – near village Kenduyapal)
SW3 Subashpally (Pond)
SW4 Bhagwanpur (Pond)
SW5 Vidyasagarpur (Pond)

Limited
Surface Water Quality
Sl. Parameters Unit SAMPLE CODES
No. SW6 SW7 SW8 SW9 SW10
3 pH - 7.5 7.2 7.6 7.8 7.4
5 Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 6.6 6.2 6.4 5.9 6.3
6 Biochemical Oxygen mg/L 7 5 6 8 4
Demand
7 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 1150 930 1110 840 1022
8 Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 246 278 259 292 255
9 Oil & Grease mg/L <1.4 <1.4 <1.4 <1.4 <1.4
10 Phenol (as C6H5OH) mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
11 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 166 185 170 208 176
14 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 3.2 3.1 2.3 3.9 3.2
15 Fluride (as F) mg/L 0.48 0.45 0.52 0.41 0.66
16 Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 45 56 53 65 44
17 Magnessium (as Mg) mg/L 13 11 9 11 16
18 Copper (as Cu) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
19 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.35 0.45 0.4 0.29 0.35
21 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L 0.32 0.26 0.18 0.33 0.24
22 Boron (as B) mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
23 Arsenic (as As) mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002
24 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
25 Lead (as Pb) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
26 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
27 Alkalinity mg/L 160 167 155 174 158
28 Hexavalent Chromium mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
(as Cr+6)
CODE LOCATION NAME

SW6 Chandabila (Pond)
SW7 Gokulpur (Pond)
SW8 Alichak (Pond)
SW9 Narayanpur (Pond)
SW10 Rupnarayanpur (Pond)

Limited
TABLE-3.10.3
Ground Water Quality
Sl. Parameter Unit SAMPLE CODE
No. GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5
3 Taste - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
4 Turbidity NTU <2 4 <2 3 2
5 pH - 7.4 7.2 6.9 7.1 7.5
7 Total Hardness 213 201 192 203 210
mg/L
(as CaCO3)
8 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.32 0.25 0.31 0.33 0.30
10 Residual Free nil nil nil nil nil
mg/L
Chlorine
11 Fluoride (as F) mg/L 0.28 0.45 0.29 0.37 0.49
12 Total Dissolved 368 395 334 368 354
mg/L
Solids
13 Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 67 59 47 68 61
14 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 11 13 18 8 14
15 Copper (as Cu) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
18 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 3.8 4.7 2.2 3.5 2.6
19 Phenol Compounds <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
mg/L
(as C6H5OH)
20 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
21 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
22 Arsenic (as As) mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002
23 Lead (as Pb) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
24 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
25 Hexavalent <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
mg/L
Chromium (as Cr+6)
26 Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/L 211 221 207 228 221
27 Boron (as B) mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
28 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml absent absent absent absent absent
CODE LOCATION NAME

GW1 Near Project Site (Borewell)
GW2 Dehikia (Tube well)
GW3 Chandabila (Tube well)
GW4 Narayanpur (Tube well)
GW5 Srikrishnapur (Dug well)

Limited
Ground Water Quality
Sl. Parameter Unit SAMPLE CODE
No. GW6 GW7 GW8 GW9
1 Colour Hazen Unit Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless
2 Odour - Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj.
3 Taste - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
4 Turbidity NTU <2 4 <2 3
5 pH - 7.2 7.6 7.3 7.5
6 Conductivity µmhos/cm 602 708 670 692
7 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 197 215 194 219
8 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.26 0.35 0.29 0.23
9 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 65 83 77 90
10 Residual Free Chlorine mg/L nil nil nil nil
11 Fluoride (as F) mg/L 0.35 0.36 0.4 0.28
12 Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 332 397 376 381
13 Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 64 68 53 58
14 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 9 11 15 18
15 Copper (as Cu) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
16 Manganese (as Mn) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
17 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 7 15 12 16
18 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 2.4 3.9 2.5 3.1
19 Phenol Compounds (as <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
mg/L
C6H5OH)
20 Mercury (as Hg) mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
21 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
22 Arsenic (as As) mg/L <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002
23 Lead (as Pb) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
24 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
25 Hexavalent Chromium <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
mg/L
(as Cr+6)
26 Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/L 225 254 248 229
27 Boron (as B) mg/L <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
28 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml absent absent absent absent
CODE LOCATION NAME

GW6 Nimpura (Tube well)
GW7 Kenduyapal (Tube well)
GW8 Barkola (Tube well)
GW9 Gokulpur (Tube well)

Limited
3.11 NOISE
The word noise is derived from the Latin term “Nausea”. It has been
defined as unwanted sound, a potential hazard to health and
communication dumped into the environment with regard to the adverse
effect it may have on unwilling ears and it causes irritation and
discomfort. Sources of noise are many, but it is always higher in urban
and industrial areas than the rural one. Industries expose their workers
to high noise load for long period of work every day.
3.11.1 MAJOR SOURCES OF NOISE IN THE STUDY AREA

Sources of noise are numerous but may be broadly classified into two
classes such as:
1. Industrial, 2. Non-Industrial
1. Industrial
The industrial may include noises from various industries operating in
cities and transportation, vehicular movements such as car, motor, truck,
train, tempo, motor cycle, aircrafts, rockets, defense equipments,
explosions etc.
The disturbing qualities of noise emitted by industrial premises are

generally its loudness, its distinguishing features such as tonal or
impulsive components, and its intermittency and duration.
2. Non-Industrial
Among the non-industrial sources, important ones are as follows:
(i) Use of loudspeaker is one of the very common man made source of
noise pollution.
(ii) Demolition of old sites and construction of new buildings produce
a lot of noise.
(iii) A great role for the increase of noise pollution has been carried out
by various types of road vehicles especially by auto vehicle.
(iv) Noise pollution by trains has been reported to the maximum in
those areas where railways track pass through residential areas.
(v) The use of aircrafts of many types has been generating various
types of noises.
(vi) TV, Radios and Microphones can cause noise pollution if they are
switched on with high volumes.
(vii) Tractors, thrashers, harvesters, tube wells, powered tillers etc.,
have all made agriculture highly mechanical but at the same time
highly noisy.

Limited
3.11.2 AMBIENT NOISE MONITORING

In the present study, a sound level meter has measured sound pressure
levels. Since loudness of sound is important for its effects on people, the
dependence of loudness on frequency must be taken into account in
environmental noise assessment. This has been achieved by using A-
weighting filters in the noise measuring instrument which gives a direct
reading of approximate loudness. Moreover, A-weighted equivalent
continuous sound pressure level (Leq) values have been computed from
the values of A-weighted sound pressure level (SPL) measured with the
help of a noise meter.
At each location, readings were taken at uniform interval over a twenty-

four hours period, divided into day and night shifts. For a particular
location daytime Leq has been computed from the SPL values measured
between 6.00 A.M to 10.00 P.M and night time Leq from the SPL values
measured between 10.01 P.M to 5.59 A.M, such that comparison could
be made with the National Ambient Noise Standards.
3.11.3 NOISE LEVELS IN THE STUDY AREA

A total of Ten (10) locations within an area of 10 km radius around the
project site have been selected for measurement of ambient noise levels,
covering commercial, residential areas as well as sensitive zones (refer
Figure-3.11.1). Monitoring was done, covering both day and night time.
Noise levels in Leq at the respective locations separately for Day and
Night time have been presented in Table-3.11.1.
During the day time, the equivalent noise levels were found to vary in the
ranges of (54.7 – 71.6) dB (A) while in the night time, the equivalent noise
levels were observed to be varying in the ranges of (44.1 – 59.2) dB (A). In
the daytime, the highest value of equivalent noise level pressure was
found to be 71.6 dB (A) near Tata Metalics, while the lowest value was
found to be 54.7 dB (A) near Govt. State Hospital. In the night-time, the
highest value of equivalent noise level was found to be 59.2 dB(A) near
Project Site, while the lowest value was found to be 44.1 dB(A) Near Govt.
State Hospital. As usual, the day time noise levels were found to be
higher than those observed at night level.

Limited

Limited
TABLE – 3.11.1
Equivalent Noise Level in the Study Area, Leq in dB(A)
SL. CODE NAME OF CATEGORY EQUIVALENT NOISE LEVEL

NO. NO. LOCATIONS Leq in dB(A)
DAY NIGHT
1 N1 Near Project Site Industrial Area 70.1 59.2
2 N2 Near Tata Metalics Industrial Area 71.6 58.4
3 N3 Near Ramswarup
Industrial Area 64.8 57.2
Lohha Udyog
4 N4 Village Dehikia Residential Area 57.8 49.3
5 N5 Village Chandbila Residential Area 58.7 48.5
6 N6 Village Barkola Residential Area 59.1 50.7
7 N7 Near Govt. State
Silence Zone 54.7 44.1
Hospital
Near Gokulpur
8 N8 Bidhan Chandra Silence Zone 62.9 51.5
Bidya Bhaban
9 N9 Near Kharidia
Commercial Area 69.8 52.2
Daily Market
10 N10 D A V Market Commercial Area 62.5 50.3
N.B.: Day time is reckoned between 0600 HOURS TO 2200 HOURS.
Night Time is reckoned between 2200 HOURS TO 0600 HOURS.

Limited
3.12 ECOLOGY
3.12.1 INTRODUCTION
Ecology is the scientific analysis and study of interactions among
organisms and their environment. The concept of ecology has been
increasingly used as conceptual focus for conservation policy and to
measure species extinction and ecosystem loss in response to natural
and human induced selection pressures. Natural flora and fauna is an
integral component of Eco-system and is a good indicator of
Environmental quality of the habitat. Different communities present in it
show different degree of responses and sensitiveness to physical (biotic)
influences. Therefore, any environmental analysis where integration of
ecological thoughts into planning process is required, the analysis of
biological status of the area is very important to project possible
deterioration in natural environment on account of Industrial
development in the area and designing suitable management corrective
action plan.
An understanding of biodiversity of an area is very significant for

environmental impact assessment related to any project. Natural Flora
and Fauna are key features of an environment since they form of
distinctive community having mutual dependences among their 3 types
of Bio-diversity, i.e., genetic diversity, species diversity and ecological
diversity and so diverse degree of respond and sensitivities to physical
influences:
a) Genetic Diversity: It is the variation of genes within the species.

b) Species Diversity: This refers to the variety of species within a
particular region.
c) Ecological Diversity: This is the number of species in a
community of organisms.
3.12.2 BIOLOGICAL ASPECT

The study on biological aspect is important for Environmental Impact
Assessment in view of conservation of environmental quality and safety
of natural flora and fauna. A biological community being dependant on
the condition and resources of its location may change if there is a little
change in the ecosystem. Such a community change is a reflection of
changes in the plant and animal population that comprises of the
community because of the complex interrelationships of a changing
condition of resources that causes one or more of the population to
change may cause many populations to change and be replaced by
others. Since the environment of organisms are able to inhabit that

Limited
location, the inhabitants should be biological induces of environmental

changes.
In addition to the field study, literature review/desk research was carried

out to determine the existing conditions within the study area and to
identify habitats and species of potential importance that may be affected
by the Project.
The following parameters were primarily considered in the study:

 To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around
the project site within the 10 km radius study area;
 To assess the biodiversity of natural system present in the study
area;
 Identification of important plants/animal species having diverse
economic values;
 Identification of rare endangered plants and animal species (if any);
 Collection of data from literature about the floral and faunal
accounts.
3.12.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE STUDY AREA

In the present survey, the 10 km radius study area is an alluvial land.
The project site and its surrounding area in 10 km radius are located in
the West Midnapore District of West Bengal. The periphery of the study
area is mainly rural-urban mixed in nature. There are various large and
medium scale industries found within the study area. One and only
major River in the study area is River Kangsabati. A substantial part of
the study area is occupied by this major river.
The soil in the study area is loamy and is rich with high amounts of
nutrients having high water retention capacity. The ground water table is
moderate in this region. All these factors help in prolific growth of a
variety of plants and vegetations in the study area.
Assessment of flora and fauna of both terrestrial and aquatic ecology was
undertaken in the study area. Sampling of flora and fauna was done on
random basis and were considered separately and their distribution in
the above mentioned study area was represented separately.
3.12.4 RECONNAISSANCE SURVEY

A reconnaissance survey was undertaken in 10 km radius study area
around the proposed project site. Through initial rapid extensive field

Limited
survey at the selected sampling locations, flora-fauna checklists were

prepared by the survey team members. The field study was undertaken
once during the study period (March,2017 to May,2017).
3.12.5 METHODOLOGY OF ECOLOGICAL STUDY

Different methods which have been adopted for ecological study in the
study area are as follows:
 Inventorisation of flora/fauna: The list of flora and fauna found in

the region was prepared by conducting field survey and by
discussions with concerned Forest Department personnel using
the list available in the Working Plan as a base.
 Generation of primary data through systematic ecological studies:
The phyto-sociology of the vegetation (covering frequency, density,
abundance and species diversity) in the forest areas falling in the
study area was determined by conducting field studies in selected
areas (by laying suitable sizes of Quadrat).
 Discussion with local people so as to elicit information about local
plant and animals.
The ecological status of the study area has been divided into mainly two
categories: Terrestrial Ecology and Aquatic Ecology.
3.12.6 TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY

Vegetation of a particular area depends upon the interaction of various
natural factors including plants, animals, micro organisms of that
particular area in which they grown, live and influence one another.
Terrestrial Ecology covers all the land based ecosystem component
analysis viz. Forest and other vegetation covers, Flora and fauna
resources, agriculture and livestock status etc.
TERRESTRIAL FLORA
The study area is rural-urban mixed in nature. There have sufficient
number of natural vegetations all around the study area.
The most common natural tree species found within the study area are
Akashmoni (Acacia auriculiformis), Siris (Albizia lebbeck), Kadam
(Anthocephalus cadamba), Kathal (Artocarpus heterophyllus), Neem
(Azadirachta indica), Palm Tree (Borassus flabellifer), Amaltas (Cassia
fistula), Radhachura (Peltophorum pterocarpum), Mahua (Madhuca
indica), Devdaru (Polyalthia longifolia), Arjun (Terminalia arjuna),
Eucalyptus (Eucalyptus globules), Mango (Mangifera indica) etc. Natural

Limited
tree species was analyzed and calculated by Quadrat method at different

places in the study area like inside and outside of the patchy area, just
beside of the project site, roadside land, domestic land, small patchy area
etc.
A checklist of natural tree species has been given in Table-3.12.1(A) and

composite Quadrat analysis & Biodiversity Index of those species have
been calculated and tabulated in Table-3.12.1(B) and Table-3.12.1(C).
There are also several natural species of shrubs, herbs and climbers
observed within the study area and a checklist of these species of
shrubs, herbs and climbers has been shown in Table-3.12.2. There are
various agricultural species in the study area grow in all over the year.
Some agricultural species in the study area were identified in the current
study period by survey team members and rests of agricultural species
which grow in rest of the year have been known from local people. A
checklist of agricultural species in all over year in the study area has
been shown in Table-3.12.3.
The following survey was undertaken in the study area during field trips:
(I) Forest/Vegetation composition analysis: Recording and its

detail phyto-sociological analysis was done by the following
quadrat (10mx10m) method.
The following parameters were primarily considered in the study

and computed in the following way:
(i) Frequency: The degree of dispersion of individual species in an

area is called frequency. It is express as percentage occurrence.
Number of quadrates in which a species occurs

Frequency (f) = -----------------------------------------------------------x100
Total number of quadrates sampled
(ii) Abundance: This is the study of number of individual of

different species in community per unit area.
Total No. of individuals of a species in all quadrate

Abundance (A) = -------------------------------------------------------------------
Total number of quadrates in which the species occurs

Limited
(iii) Relative Abundance: It is the determination of the percentage

of individual of one genera in composition to the total of all
individual as a given area.
Total No. of individuals species in the sample

Relative Abundance (A) = ---------------------------------------------------------
Number of quadrat in which a species occurs
(iv) Density: I t is the numerical strength of a species .
Total No. of individuals of a species in all quadrates

Density (D) = -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total No. of quadrat sampled
(II) Species Diversity Index: species diversity in a biological

community is based on presence of a wide variety of species. It is
in expressed by Shannon-Weiner Index (1948) in the following
way:
s
H = ∑- (Pi×lnPi)
i=1
Where,
H = Species diversity index
S = the number of species in a sample
Pi = (ni/N)
N = the total number of individuals of all the species in a sample
ni = the number of individuals of a species.

Limited
FIGURE-3.12.1 (A)
CHECKLIST OF NATURAL TREE SPECIES
Common
Sl. No. Scientific Name Family
Name
1 Acacia auriculiformis Akashmoni Mimosaceae
2 Acacia nilotica Babool Mimosaceae
3 Adina cordifolia Haldu Rubiaceae
4 Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae
5 Albizia lebbeck Siris Mimosaceae
6 Albizia procera White Siris Mimosaceae
7 Alstonia scholaris Chhatim Apocynaceae
8 Anthocephalus cadamba Kadam Rubiaceae
9 Annona reticulata Nona Aata Annonaceae
10 Areca catechu Supari Arecaceae
11 Artocarpus heterophyllus Kathal Moraceae
12 Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae
13 Bomax ceiba Simul Bombacaceae
Palm Tree/
14 Borassus flabellifer Arecaceae
Taal
15 Butea monosperma Palash Fabaceae
16 Carica papaya Papaya/ Pepe Caricaceae
17 Cassia fistula Amaltas Caesalpiniaceae
White silk
18 Ceiba pentandra Malvaceae
cotton
19 Dalbergia sissoo Sissu Fabaceae
20 Delonix regia Gulmohor Fabaceae
Erythrina stricta var.
21 Raktamandar Fabaceae
suberosa
22 Eucalyptus globulus Eucalyptus Myrtaceae
23 Eugenia jambolana Kalajam Myrtaceae
24 Ficus benghalensis Banyan/ Bat Moraceae
25 Ficus hispida Fig/ Dumur Moraceae
26 Ficus religiosa Aswatha Moraceae
27 Gmelina arborea Gamhar Verbenaceae
Holarrhena
28 Kurchi Apocynaceae
antidysenterica
29 Lagerstroemia speciosa Jarul Lythraceae
30 Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Fabaceae
31 Madhuca Indica Mahua Sapotaceae
32 Mangifera indica Aam(Mango) Anacardiaceae
33 Moringa pterygosperma Sajina Moringaceae

Limited
FIGURE-3.12.1 (A) (Continued)

CHECKLIST OF NATURAL TREE SPECIES
Sl. No. Scientific Name Common Name Family
Peltophorum
34 Radhachura Fabaceae
pterocarpum
Date Palm/
35 Phoenix sylvestris Arecaceae
Khejur
36 Polyalthia longifolia Devdaru Annonaceae
37 Psidium guajava Guava/ Peara Myrtaceae
38 Schleichera oleosa Kusum Sapindaceae
39 Shorea robusta Sal Dipterocarpaceae
40 Spondias pinnata Amra Anacardiaceae
Indian
41 Swietenia mahagoni Meliaceae
Mahogany
Tamarind/
42 Tamarindus indica Fabaceae
Tentul
43 Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae
44 Ziziphus mauritiana Jujube/ Kul Rhamnaceae

Limited
TABLE - 3.12.1 (B)

QUANTITATIVE ASSESSMENT (BY QUADRAT METHOD)
OF NATURAL TREE SPECIES
(Note: Each column of Quadrat Number represents 1 Quadrat of 50m × 50m Size)
Sl. Name of Natural Quadrat Number Freq- Abun-

Total Density
No. Trees 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 uency dance
1 Acacia auriculiformis 3 2 5 20 0.5 250.00
2 Acacia nilotica 2 2 4 20 0.4 200.00
3 Adina cordifolia 2 1 3 20 0.3 150.00
4 Aegle marmelos 1 3 4 20 0.4 200.00
5 Albizia lebbeck 1 3 1 5 30 0.5 166.67
6 Albizia procera 1 2 3 20 0.3 150.00
7 Alstonia scholaris 1 2 3 20 0.3 150.00
Anthocephalus
8 1 3 1 5 30 0.5 166.67
cadamba
9 Annona reticulata 2 2 10 0.2 200.00
10 Areca catechu 2 1 3 20 0.3 150.00
Artocarpus
11 2 2 4 20 0.4 200.00
heterophyllus
12 Azadirachta indica 2 1 2 5 30 0.5 166.67
13 Bomax ceiba 2 3 5 20 0.5 250.00
14 Borassus flabellifer 2 5 7 20 0.7 350.00
15 Butea monosperma 2 1 3 20 0.3 150.00
16 Carica papaya 1 3 4 20 0.4 200.00
17 Cassia fistula 2 2 4 20 0.4 200.00
18 Ceiba pentandra 2 2 10 0.2 200.00
19 Dalbergia sissoo 2 3 5 20 0.5 250.00
20 Delonix regia 2 2 4 20 0.4 200.00
Erythrina stricta var.
21 2 2 4 20 0.4 200.00
suberosa
22 Eucalyptus globulus 4 4 10 0.4 400.00
23 Eugenia jambolana 3 3 10 0.3 300.00
24 Ficus benghalensis 2 2 10 0.2 200.00
25 Ficus hispida 2 2 10 0.2 200.00
26 Ficus religiosa 2 2 10 0.2 200.00
27 Gmelina arborea 2 2 10 0.2 200.00
Holarrhena
28 3 2 5 20 0.5 250.00
antidysenterica
29 Lagerstroemia speciosa 3 3 10 0.3 300.00
30 Leucaena leucocephala 2 2 10 0.2 200.00
31 Madhuca Indica 3 3 10 0.3 300.00
32 Mangifera indica 2 3 5 20 0.5 250.00
33 Moringa pterygosperma 2 1 3 20 0.3 150.00
Peltophorum
34 3 1 4 20 0.4 200.00
pterocarpum
35 Phoenix sylvestris 2 4 6 20 0.6 300.00
36 Polyalthia longifolia 2 2 4 20 0.4 200.00
37 Psidium guajava 2 2 10 0.2 200.00
38 Schleichera oleosa 2 2 10 0.2 200.00
39 Shorea robusta 3 3 10 0.3 300.00
40 Spondias pinnata 1 2 3 20 0.3 150.00
41 Swietenia mahagoni 2 3 5 20 0.5 250.00
42 Tamarindus indica 3 3 10 0.3 300.00
43 Terminalia arjuna 2 2 2 6 30 0.6 200.00
44 Ziziphus mauritiana 1 2 2 5 30 0.5 166.67
Total 19 21 18 16 15 15 18 15 12 14 163 780 16.3 9566.7

Limited
TABLE-3.12.1 (C)
BIODIVERSITY INDEX OF NATURAL TREE SPECIES
Sl. Total No. Shannon Index

Name of Species Pi = (ni/N)
No. (ni) (Pi×lnPi)
1 Acacia auriculiformis 5 0.03 0.11
2 Acacia nilotica 4 0.02 0.09
3 Adina cordifolia 3 0.02 0.07
4 Aegle marmelos 4 0.02 0.09
5 Albizia lebbeck 5 0.03 0.11
6 Albizia procera 3 0.02 0.07
7 Alstonia scholaris 3 0.02 0.07
8 Anthocephalus cadamba 5 0.03 0.11
9 Annona reticulata 2 0.01 0.05
10 Areca catechu 3 0.02 0.07
11 Artocarpus heterophyllus 4 0.02 0.09
12 Azadirachta indica 5 0.03 0.11
13 Bomax ceiba 5 0.03 0.11
14 Borassus flabellifer 7 0.04 0.14
15 Butea monosperma 3 0.02 0.07
16 Carica papaya 4 0.02 0.09
17 Cassia fistula 4 0.02 0.09
18 Ceiba pentandra 2 0.01 0.05
19 Dalbergia sissoo 5 0.03 0.11
20 Delonix regia 4 0.02 0.09
21 Erythrina stricta var. suberosa 4 0.02 0.09
22 Eucalyptus globulus 4 0.02 0.09
23 Eugenia jambolana 3 0.02 0.07
24 Ficus benghalensis 2 0.01 0.05
25 Ficus hispida 2 0.01 0.05
26 Ficus religiosa 2 0.01 0.05
27 Gmelina arborea 2 0.01 0.05
28 Holarrhena antidysenterica 5 0.03 0.11
29 Lagerstroemia speciosa 3 0.02 0.07
30 Leucaena leucocephala 2 0.01 0.05
31 Madhuca Indica 3 0.02 0.07
32 Mangifera indica 5 0.03 0.11
33 Moringa pterygosperma 3 0.02 0.07
34 Peltophorum pterocarpum 4 0.02 0.09
35 Phoenix sylvestris 6 0.04 0.12
36 Polyalthia longifolia 4 0.02 0.09
37 Psidium guajava 2 0.01 0.05
38 Schleichera oleosa 2 0.01 0.05
39 Shorea robusta 3 0.02 0.07
40 Spondias pinnata 3 0.02 0.07
41 Swietenia mahagoni 5 0.03 0.11
42 Tamarindus indica 3 0.02 0.07
43 Terminalia arjuna 6 0.04 0.12
44 Ziziphus mauritiana 5 0.03 0.11
Total (N) 163 1.00 3.73
BIODIVERSITY INDEX:
Shannon-Weiner Index = 3.73

Limited
The Shannon-Weiner Diversity Index which specifies the comparative

occurrence of many species; is used to associate species abundance and
relative richness amongst species (Whittaker, 1977; Barbour et al., 1998).
This index is used to determine both evenness and richness of species in
an area. It is fairly sensitive to actual site differences and is relatively easy
to calculate. Shannon-Weiner Diversity Index value of 3.37 indicates that
the number of species of all individuals are almost evenly distributed in
the study area according to the quadrat study conducted. The value also
indicates that there are moderately diverse species in the study area.
TABLE-3.12.2
CHECKLIST OF NATURAL SHURBS,
HERBS & CLIMBERS IDENTIFIED
SHRUBS & HERBS
1 Abutilon indicum Potari Malvaceae
2 Achyranthes aspera Latjira Amaranthaceae
3 Adhatoda vasica Basak Acanthaceae
4 Ageratum conyzoides Uchunti Asteraceae
5 Amaranthus viridis Kata Note Amaranthaceae
Amorphophallus
6 Oal/Gandira Araceae
paeoniifolius
7 Andrographis paniculata Kalmegh Acanthaceae
8 Bambusa bambos Bamboo/ Baans Poaceae
Kukurmuta/
9 Blumea lacera Asteraceae
Kakronda
10 Bryophyllum pinnatum Patharkuchi Crassulaceae
11 Calotropis gigantea Akanda Apocynaceae
12 Catharanthus roseus Nayantara Apocynaceae
13 Centella asiatica Thankuni Apiaceae
14 Cestrum diurnum Day jasmine Solanaceae
Clerodendrum
15 Ghentu Verbenaceae
infortunatum
16 Clitoria ternatea Aparajita Fabaceae
17 Coccinia grandis Telakucha Cucurbitaceae
Bengal Dayflower/
18 Commelina benghalensis Commelinaceae
Kanchira
19 Cynodon dactylon Doobghas Poaceae
20 Datura metel Dhutura Solanaceae
21 Dentella repens Creeping Dentella Rubiaceae
22 Dryopteris filixmas Fern Dryopteridaceae
23 Euphorbia neriifolia Mansa Euphorbiaceae
24 Grangea maderaspatana Namuti Asteraceae
25 Grewia hirsuta Kukurbicha Tiliaceae
26 Hibiscus rosa sinensis Joba Malvaceae
Swet Dron/ Ghal
27 Leucas aspera Lamiaceae
ghase
Climbing
28 Mikania scandens Asteraceae
Hempweed
29 Mimosa pudica Lajjabati Fabaceae
30 Musa paradisiaca Kachkola Musaceae
31 Nerium oleander Raktakarabi Apocynaceae
32 Ocimum basilicum Bantulsi Lamiaceae
33 Ocimum sanctum Tulshi Lamiaceae
34 Parthenium hysterophorus Parthenium Asteraceae

Limited
35 Solanum surattense Kanta Begun Solanaceae

36 Tragia involucrata Bichuti Euphorbiaceae
37 Vitex negundo Nishinda Verbenaceae
CLIMBERS
1 Abrus precatorius Gunch Fabaceae
2 Asparagus racemosus Shatamuli Asparagaceae
3 Bougainvillea spectabilis Baganbilas Nyctaginaceae
Gurmar/ Chhota-
4 Gymnema sylvestre Asclepiadaceae
dudhilata
5 Ichnocarpus frutescens Kalidudhi Apocynaceae
6 Luffa aegyptiaca Purul gach Cucurbitaceae
7 Paederia scandens Gandal Rubiaceae
8 Tinospora cordifolia Nimgilo/ Gulancha Menispermaceae
TABLE-3.12.3
LIST OF AGRICULTURAL SPECIES
Sl. No. Common Name scientific Name
CEREALS
1 Rice Oryza sativa
2 Wheat Triticum aestivum
3 Maize Zea mays
PULSES
1 Pea Pisum sativum
Mung bean/
2 Vigna radiata
Greengram
3 Groundnut Arachis hypogaea
4 Cowpea/ Badbati Vigna unguiculata
5 Pigeon pea Cajanus cajan
OILSEEDS
1 Mustard Seed Brassica nigra
2 Sesame/ Til Sesamum indicum
VEGETABLES
1 Potato Solanum tuberosum
2 Brinjal Solanum melongena
3 Cucurbits Cucurbita maxima
4 Cucumber Cucumis melo
5 Ladies finger Abelmoschus esculentus
Brassica oleracea var.
6 Cabbage
capitata
Brassica oleracea var.
7 Cauliflower
botrytis
8 Tomato Solanum lycopersicum
9 Radish Raphanus sativus
10 Carrot Daucus carota sativus
11 Chilli Capsicum frutescens
12 Onion Allium cepa
13 Spinach Spinacia oleracea
14 Bitter Gourd Momordica charantia
FRUITS
1 Mango Mangifera indica
2 Jaam Syzygium cumini
3 Date Palm/ Khejur Phoenix sylvestris
4 Banana Musa sapientum
5 Papaya Carica papaya
6 Guava Psidium guajava

Limited
7 Jack fruit Artocarpus heterophyllus

OTHER CROPS
1 White Jute Corchorus capsularis
2 Tossa jute Corchorus olitorius
TERRESTRIAL FAUNA
Since there is no eco-sensitive zone like National Park, Wildlife
Sanctuary, Reserve Forest etc. in the study area, wild animals in the
study area are rare. Only a few wild animals like Fox, Common Langur,
and Porcupine etc could be observed in the study area occasionally.
Survey of terrestrial fauna reveals that in general there has been no
impact of pollution on fauna. Destructive habits of human population are
the only reason for the declining numbers of animals.
During the present investigation, species were examined include

mammals, birds, reptiles and amphibians. A total of 14 species of
mammals, 21 species of birds, 11 species of reptiles and 4 species of
amphibians were observed during the study and have been presented in
Table-3.12.4 according to their schedule number of The Wildlife
(Protection) Act, 1972.
TABLE-3.12.4
CHECKLIST OF FAUNAL SPECIES
Schedule of
Sl. Wildlife
Common Name Scientific Name Family
No. (Protection)
Act, 1972
a) Mammals
1 Fox Canis aureus Canidae II
2 Common Langur Presbytis entellus Cercopithecidae II
3 House rat Rattus rattus Muridae V
4 House Mouse Mus musculus Muridae V
5 Indian mole rat Bandicota bengalensis Muridae V
6 Indian Shrew Suncus murinus Soricidae V
7 Domestic Cat Felis domesticus Felidae II
8 Fruit bat Rousettus Leschenaulti Pteropodidae V
9 Chamchika Pipistrellus coromandra Vespertilionidae V
10 Indian Street Dog Canis lupus familiaris Canidae II
11 Indian grey Mongoose Herpestes edwardsii Herpestidae II
Three stripped
12 Funambulus palmarum Sciuridae IV
squirrel
Five-striped palm
13 Funambulus pennantii Sciuridae IV
squirrel
14 Indian Porcupine Hystrix indica Hystricidae IV
b) Birds
1 House Crow Corvus splendens Corvidae V
2 Koel Eudynamys scolopacea Cuculidae IV
3 Pigeon Columba livia Columbidae IV
4 Sparrow Passer domesticus Passeridae IV

Limited
indicus
5 Parrot Psittacula krameri Psittaculidae IV
6 Myna Acridotheres tristis Sturnidae IV
7 Spotted owl Athene brama Strigidae IV
8 Common Kingfisher Alcedo atthis Alcedinidae IV
9 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae IV
10 Pond Heron Ardeola grayii Ardeidae IV
11 Oriental turtle dove Streptopelia orientalis Corvidae IV
12 Spotted Dove Spilopelia chinensis Corvidae IV
13 Little spiderhunter Arachnothera longirostra Nectariniidae IV
14 Purple heron Ardea purpurea Ardeidae IV
15 Little egret Egretta garzetta Ardeidae IV
CHECKLIST OF FAUNAL SPECIES
16 Indian roller Coracias benghalensis Coraciidae IV
17 Common tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius Cisticolidae IV
White-throated
18 Halcyon smyrnensis Halcyonidae IV
kingfisher
19 Brahminy kite Haliastur indus Accipitridae IV
20 Night Heron Nycticorax nycticorax Ardeidae IV
21 Brown shrike Lanius cristatus Laniidae IV
c) Reptiles
1 House gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis Gekkonidae II
2 Brook’s gecko Hemidactylus brookii Gekkonidae II
Common Garden Calotes versicolor
3 Agamidae II
lizard (Daudin)
Common Bengal
4 Varanus bengalensis Varanidae II
monitor
5 Yellow monitor Varanus flavescens Varanidae II
Common or
6 Mabuya carinata Scincidae II
Brahminy skink
7 Blind Snake Typhlops acutus Typhlopidae IV
8 Checkered keelback Xenochrophis piscator Colubridae II
9 Indian Krait Bungarus caeruleus Elapidae IV
10 Russell’s viper Vipera russelii Viperidae II
11 Indian Rat Snake Ptyas mucosa Colubridae II
d) Amphibians
1 Indian bull frog Rana tigrina Dicroglossidae IV
2 Common Indian toad Bufo melanostictus Bufonidae IV
3 Tree Frog Hyla sp. Hylidae IV
4 Indian green frog Euphlyctis hexadactylus Dicroglossidae IV
3.12.7 AQUATIC ECOLOGY

The study area has a major river, i.e., Kangsabati River; several big and
small ponds, jheels, beels, tanks, ditches etc which form the ecology of
aquatic environment. So, the richness and diversity of aquatic flora and
fauna is enough in the study area. The major forms of aquatic biota as
recorded during the survey are as follows:
 Macro-phytic flora,
Limited
 Planktons, and
 Fishes.
MACRO-PHYTIC FLORA:
There are a number of vegetations found in various water bodies like
ponds, beels, Jheels, ditches etc. including Kangsabati River. All such
water bodies are more or less vegetated by different aquatic macrophytic
flora and marshy plants in the study area. The details of aquatic
macrophytic flora and marshy plants have been summarized in Table-
3.12.5.
TABLE-3.12.5
CHECKLIST OF AQUATIC MACROPHYTES & MARSHY PLANTS
1 Alternanthera philoxeroides Alligatorweed Amaranthaceae
2 Azolla pinnata Water velvet Azollaceae
3 Colocasia esculenta Green Taro Araceae
Common water
4 Eichhornia crassipes Pontederiaceae
hyacinth
5 Enhydra fluctuans Lour Helencha/ Hingcha Asteraceae
6 Hygrophila spinosa Kulekhara Acanthaceae
7 Ipomoea aquatica Kalmi Convolvulaceae
8 Ludwigia adscendens Keshardam Onagraceae
9 Lemna perpusilla Minute Duckweed Araceae
10 Marsilea quadrifolia Susni Marsileaceae
11 Monochoria hastata Leaf Pondweed Pontederiaceae
12 Nymphaea nouchali Blue water lily Nymphaeaceae
13 Oxalis corniculata Amrulshak Oxalidaceae
14 Pistia stratiotes Water Cabbage Araceae
15 Spirodela polyrhiza Common duckweed Araceae
16 Salvinia natans Floating watermoss Salviniaceae
17 Trapa bispinosa Water Chestnut Trapaceae
PLANKTONS
The phytoplanktons are the primary producers and form the base of the
food chain. The zooplanktons are the secondary producers and they feed
on phytoplanktons. A study of the density, composition, and species
diversity of these two organisms gives an idea about the nutrient content,
trophic condition of the total aquatic ecosystem and the quality of the
water.
Phytoplanktons:
Phytoplankton is the primary producers of an ecosystem and thus helps
maintain DO of a water body. Any reduction in number of phytoplankton
would ultimately affect the whole ecosystem. Some major phytoplanktons

Limited
which are found in aquatic ecosystem of the study area are Euglena sp.,
Microcystis sp., Diatoma sp., Spirogyra sp., Oedogonium sp., Zygnema sp.,
Closterium sp. etc. (Table-3.11.6).
Zooplanktons:
Zooplanktons are animals that occur in the water column of either
marine or freshwater ecosystems. Zooplanktons are an important link in
the transfer of energy from the algae (the primary producers) to the
ecologically and economically important fish community (the consumers).
In the aquatic ecosystem of the study area most species in the small
zooplankton community fall into three major groups - Crustacea,
Rotifers, and Protozoans. Crustaceans are generally the most abundant,
especially those in the order Cladocera (waterfleas), and the class
Copepoda (the copepods), particularly the orders Calanoida and
Cyclopoida. Cladocerans are typically most abundant in freshwater, with
common genera including Daphnia sp. and Bosmina sp. The pollution
indicator species like Brachinous calciflores, Filinia terminalis and
Keratella toopica etc. (Table-3.11.6).
TABLE-3.12.6
CHECKLIST OF PLANKTON SPECIES
Sl. No. PHYTOPLANKTON ZOOPLANKTON
1 Microcystis sp. Brachionus sp.
2 Euglena sp. Daphnia sp.
3 Diatoma sp. Cyclops sp.
4 Achnanthes sp. Diaptomus sp.
5 Zygnema sp. Moina sp.
6 Spirogyra sp. Cypris sp.
7 Oscillatoria sp. Keratella sp.
8 Scenedesmus sp. Mysis sp.
9 Cymbella sp. Diaptomus sp.
10 Closterium sp. Filinia terminalis
11 Oedogonium sp. -
FISHES:
Fishes are at the tertiary level of the food chain of aquatic ecology. As the
study area having many inland water bodies like several ponds, jheels,
beels, ditches and the important river Kangsabati, so the biodiversity of
fishes is rich. Types of freshwater fishes of both confined and unconfined
(flowing) surface water bodies in the study area were known by talking
with local fishermen and local people and have been summarized in
Table-3.12.7.

Limited
TABLE-3.12.7
CHECKLIST OF FISH SPECIES
CHECKLIST OF FISHES IN THE STUDY AREA
1 Amblypharyngodon mola Morala Cyprinidae
2 Catla catla Catla Cyprinidae
3 Cirrhina mrigala Mrigal Cyprinidae
4 Ctenopharyngodon idella Grass carp Cyprinidae
5 Cyprinus carpio Common carp Cyprinidae
6 Esomus danricus Dadhikha Cyprinidae
7 Hypopthalmicthys molitrix Silver carp Cyprinidae
8 Hypopthalmicthys nobilis Bighead carp Cyprinidae
9 Labeo bata Bata Cyprinidae
10 Labeo Calbasu Calbasu Cyprinidae
11 Labeo rohita Rohu Cyprinidae
12 Puntius chola Punti Cyprinidae
13 Puntius sarana Swarna punti Cyprinidae
14 Puntius ticto Teto Punti Cyprinidae
15 Rasbora daniconius Dankuni Cyprinidae
16 Salmostoma sardinella Chela Cyprinidae
17 Channam arulius Shal Channidae
18 Channa orientalis Chang Channidae
19 Channa punctatus Leta Channidae
20 Channa striatus Shol Channidae
21 Chanda nama Chanda Chandidae
22 Chanda ranga Chanda Chandidae
23 Clarius batrachus Magur Clariidae
24 Clarias gariepinus Thai magur Clariidae
25 Pangasius sutchi Pangus Clariidae
26 Mystus menoda Aarr Bagridae
27 Mystus tengara Tengra Bagridae
28 Mystus vittatus Bitengra Bagridae
29 Notopterus chitala Chital Notopteridae
30 Notopterus notopterus Falui Notopteridae
31 Heteropneustes fossilis Singi Heteropneustidae
32 Wallago attu Boal Siliridae
33 Monopterus cuchia Ban Symbranchidae
34 Anabas testudineus Koi Anabantidae
35 Colisa fasciata Khalsha Belontidae
36 Glossogobius giuris Beley Gobiidae
37 Nandus nandus Bheda Nandidae
38 Oreochromis sp. Tilapia Cichlidae
39 Rhinomugil corsula Kharsula Mugilidae
40 Mastacembelus aculeatus Pakal Mastacembelidae

Limited
3.13 DEMOGRAPHY & SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS

3.13.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The growth of industrial sectors and infrastructure developments in and
around the agriculture dominant areas, village and towns is bound to
create its impact on the socio-economic aspects of the local population of
the area experiencing development. The impacts may be positive or
negative depending upon the development activity. To assess the
anticipated impacts of the project and industrial growth on the socio-
economic aspects of people, it is necessary to study the existing socio-
economic status of the local population, which will be helpful for making
efforts to further improve the quality of life in the area under study.
The sociological aspects of this study include human settlements,

demography, and social strata such as Scheduled Castes and Scheduled
Tribes and literacy levels besides infrastructure facilities available in the
study area. The economic aspects include occupational structure of
workers.
The Baseline Demographic and Socio economic characteristics with

regards to demography, literacy and occupational status have been
described based on the Primary Census Abstract, 2011. The proposed
project site is located at Village - Gokulpur, P.O. - Shyamraipur, P.S. -
Kharagpur, District - West Midnapore in West Bengal. A total of 200
villages, Kharagpore and Midnapore municipalities fall under the 10 km
radius study area. The 10 km radius study area around the proposed
project comprises of Midnapore, Jhargram, Kharagpur-I and Kharagpur-
II CD Blocks under West Midnapore District in West Bengal. A
comparative assessment has been made for the respective demographic
aspects, based on the year 2011 Census data, which has been discussed
in the following sections.
The study area is rural-urban mixed in nature and highly populated with
the total population of 6,38,918 (as per 2011 Census). Scheduled Caste
(SC) and Scheduled Tribe (ST) population in the study area is about
12.36% and 8.13% w.r.t. the total population respectively. The sex ratio
in the study area is about 966 females per 1000 males. The overall
literacy rate is about 74.64% of the total population. The principal
language is Bengali and the principal staple food is rice. The primary
sources of drinking water are tube wells, Hand pump water and Supply
water.

Limited
3.13.2 DEMOGRAPHIC ASPECTS

Average Household Size:
The Study area has an average family size of around 4.5 persons per
household. This is considered to be a normal family size in West Bengal.
Overall population density and family size:

As per 2011 census, the total population in the study area is 6,38,918.
According to this population in the study area Population Density is
approximately 2,033 persons per square kilometer. Total population,
population density & family size have been shown below in Table-3.13.1.
Table-3.13.1
Population density and family size
Particulars Number
No. of Household 140973
Population Density 2033 Nos./sq.km
Family Size 4.5
Male Population 324449
Female Population 314469
Total Population 638918
Source: Census of India, 2011
Sex Ratio:
According to 2011 census, the sex ratio (female per 1000 male) of the
rural segment in the study area is 959, which is comparatively little
lower than the urban segment i.e., 973. As a whole sex ratio of the study
area is 966.
Population structure:
As per 2011 census total rural population within the study area is
179315 having 51.04% of male and 48.96% of female population. In
comparison with rural population, total urban population within the
study area is 459603 with male and female population is 50.68% &
49.32% respectively. As a whole total population within the study area is
638918 with total male and total female population is 50.78% & 49.22%
respectively. The above table reveals that about 39% of the total
population within the study area belongs to the rural area, which shows
the rural nature of the study area.

Limited
As per 2011 census, the Scheduled caste (SC) population in the rural
sector of the study area is 19.57% of the total rural population, which is
quite higher than the urban sector of the study area, which is 9.54% of
the total urban population. As a whole, SC population is 12.36% w.r.t.
the total population in the study area.
As per 2011 census, Scheduled Tribe (ST) population in the rural sector
of the study area is 21.22% of the total rural population which is quite
higher than the urban sector of the study area, which is 3.02% of the
total urban population. As a whole, ST population is 8.13% w.r.t. the
total population in the study area.
The total population structure with scheduled caste and scheduled tribe
population has been shown in Table-3.13.2.
Table-3.12.2
Population Structure
Number of population
Area Total Population Scheduled Caste Scheduled Tribe Number of

Household
Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female Total
Rural 91525 87790 179315 17511 17577 35088 18965 19086 38051 39974
Urban 232924 226679 459603 21817 22049 43866 6873 7019 13892 100999
Total 324449 314469 638918 39328 39626 78954 25838 26105 51943 140973
Literacy Level:
Total literacy rate in rural sector of the study area is 64.95% of the total
rural population whereas male literacy rate is 71.75% of the total rural
male population and female literacy rate is 57.85% of total rural female
population while total literacy rate in urban sector of the study area is
78.43% of the total urban population where male literacy rate is 82.23%
of the total urban male population and female literacy rate is 74.52% of
the total urban female population. The overall literacy rate in the study
area is about 74.64% w.r.t. the total population where male literacy rate
is 79.27% (w.r.t. the total male population) and female literacy rate is
69.86% (w.r.t. the total female population). Population classification for
literates in the study area is presented Table-3.13.3.

Limited
Table-3.13.3
Literacy Level
No. of Literates
Area
Male Female Total
Rural 65673 50790 116463
Urban 191532 168913 360445

Total 257205 219703 476908
Educational Facilities:
All type of educational facilities is available in the study area falling
within villages and Municipal area. There are several primary schools
and high schools run both by the private agency and the Government.
Some important schools are Atulmoni School, S.E.Rly Mixed Higher
Secondary School, Vidyasagar Vidyapith High School, Midnapore
Collegiate School, Bharti Hindi Primary School, Midnapore Mission Girls’
High School, Netaji Vidya Mandir School, St. Agnes School, Hijli High
School, Arasini Primary School etc. Colleges and other centre’s for higher
education are also available within easy reach from all corners of the
study area. One of the famous institutions in India, i.e., Indian Institute
of Technology (IIT), Kharagpore is situated within the study area.
Vidyasagar University is also under the study area. Other institutions for
higher education are Midnapore Law College, Para-medical College and
hospital, Paschim Medinipur Rangamati ITI College, Kharagpore College,
Midnapore B.Ed College, Midnapore Medical College and hospital, R.N.L.
Khan’s Women’s College etc.
3.13.4 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

The occupational structure of population in the study area is studied
with reference to main workers and marginal workers. As per Census of
India, all persons engaged in 'work' defined as participation in any
economically productive activity with or without compensation, wages or
profit are workers. The Reference period for determining a person as
worker and non-worker is one year preceding the date of enumeration
The Census classifies Total Workers into two groups namely, (i) Main
workers (ii) Marginal workers. Main Workers are those workers who had
worked for the major part of the reference period i.e. 6 months or more.
Marginal Workers are those workers who had not worked for the major
part of the reference period i.e. less than 6 months.

Limited
The main workers include 10 categories of workers defined by the

Census Department, which consists of cultivators, agricultural laborers,
those engaged in live-stock, forestry, fishing, mining and quarrying;
manufacturing, processing and repairs in household industry; and other
than household industry, construction, trade and commerce, transport
and communication and other services.
Workers and Non-workers:

Total Worker in rural areas is 39.76% of the total rural population of
179315 and Total Worker in urban areas is 34.01% of the total urban
population of 459603, while overall total worker is 35.62% of the overall
total population of 638918 in the study area according to 2011 Census.
The total workers are divided into main and marginal workers.
Main Worker in rural areas is 74.50% of the total rural worker of 71296
and Main worker in urban areas is 82.51% of the total urban worker of
156296, while overall total Main worker is 80.0% of the overall total
worker of 227592 in the study area according to 2011 Census.
Marginal Worker in rural areas is 25.50% of the total rural worker of

71296 and Marginal worker in urban areas is 17.49% of the total urban
worker of 156296, while overall total Marginal worker is 20.0% of the
overall total workers of 227592 in the study area according to 2011
Census.
Non-Worker in rural areas is 60.24% of the total rural population of

179315 and Non-Worker in urban areas is 65.99% of the total urban
population of 459603, while overall Non-worker is 64.38% of the overall
total population of 638918 in the study area according to 2011 Census.
The occupational status of workers and non-workers has been shown in

Table – 3.13.4.
Table – 3.13.4
Occupational Status
No. of workers No. of non-workers
Total
Area Main Workers Marginal Workers Population
(3)+(6)+(9)
Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female Total
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
Rural 43055 10061 53116 9679 8501 18180 38791 69228 108019 179315
Urban 106819 22140 128959 16323 11014 27337 109782 193525 303307 459603

Limited
Total 149874 32201 182075 26002 19515 45517 148573 262753 411326 638918
Classified Occupational Status:

Cultivators and agricultural workers in rural areas are 3.87% and 8.45%
respectively w.r.t. the total rural population of 179315 and in urban
areas these are 0.15% and 0.26% respectively w.r.t. the total urban
population of 459603. Overall cultivators and agricultural workers are
3.34% and 7.18% respectively w.r.t. the total population in the study
area. The classified occupational status in the study area has been
tabulated in Table-3.13.5.
Table-3.13.5
Classified Occupational Status
Area Total Workers Cultivators Agricultural Others
Workers
Rural 55059 4113 7918 43028
Urban 61216 1649 2607 56960

Total 116275 5762 10525 99988
Graphical presentations of demographical and occupational status

have been given below in FIGURE-3.13.1.
3.13.5 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

Medical Facilities
Medical facilities like hospitals, allopathic & homeopathic dispensary,
maternity and child welfare centre are present in the study area.
Important hospitals and medical centers observed in the study area are
Kharagpore State Govt. hospital, New Settlement hospital, Paramedical
hospital, Hospital for animals, S.E. Railway Main hospital, Old Settle
hospital, Kharagpore Sub-divisional hospital, Midnapore Medical College
and hospital, Midnapore Homeopathic Medical college and hospital,
Spandan hospital, B.C. Roy Technology hospital, Kharagpore
Homeopathic Medical college and hospital, Banaphul Nursing home etc.

Limited
Drinking Water Facilities

Ground water is the primary sources of drinking water in the study area.
Such water is drawn either through tube-wells or bore wells or hand
pumps.
Electricity
All villages have electricity in the Concerned C.D Blocks available for
domestic, agriculture, and public lighting purposes.
Communication Transport & Access Facilities

Many villages in the concerned C.D Block have Post Office available
within study area. Bus, rikshaw, van, motor van etc are the
communication transport systems available in many villages. Telephone
connections and Post Offices are also available within the study area.

Limited
FIGURE-3.13.1
GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF DEMOGRAPHIC & SOCIAL
STATUS (BASED ON 2011 CENSUS DATA)

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
CHAPTER-4.0
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
4.1 PROJECT ACTIVITIES

4.1.1 Phases of Impacts
The proposed expansion project will have impacts on the environment
in two phases. During the construction phase, which is temporary
and short-term, the other during the operation stage, which will have
long term effects. The environmental impacts in this study have been
discussed separately for the construction phase and the operation
stage.
Spatially, the impacts have been assessed over the study area of 10
km radius of the project site. Overall impacts in the regional context
are negligible.
4.2 IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

4.2.1 Activities during Construction Phase
During the construction phase, the following activities are considered
to be important towards development of impacts:
a) Site preparation
b) Excavation and backfilling
c) Hauling of earth materials
d) Piling, cutting and drilling
e) Erection of concrete and steel structures
f) Road construction
g) Painting and finishing
h) Clean up operations
i) Landscaping and Afforestation
Construction phase activities will have moderate impacts on land use,

demography and socio-economics, on-site soils and on-site noise. It
could also develop minor impacts on water use, air and water quality
and ecology.
The activities can be divided into two categories, viz. sub-structural

and super-structural work. Certain foundation would require pile
driving and the machineries would pose noise and gaseous pollution.
Moreover, construction work will involve cutting of trenches,

excavation, concreting etc. There may be dust, gaseous and noise
pollution from these activities.
Mechanical erection work involves use of mechanical equipment for

storage, transportation, erection and on-site fabrication work. These
Environmental Impacts Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
activities generally produce some air contaminants and noise

pollution which will be contained by using water sprinkling and noise
abatement measures respectively.
4.2.2 Impacts on Air Quality

Particulate matter would be the predominant pollutant affecting the
air quality during the construction phase. Dust will be generated
mainly during excavation, back filling and hauling operations along
with transportation activities.
Sprinkling of water from tankers or other suitable means would be

undertaken at the construction sites for the suppression of fugitive
dust.
Undesirable gaseous pollutants will be generated mostly by the traffic

and use of machineries. However, this would not lead to any tangible
effect, as the expected emission volume would be low.
It would be ensured that all the vehicles plying during construction

are properly tuned and maintained to keep emissions within the
permissible limits.
4.2.3 Impacts on Hydrology and Water Use

As the construction activities will take place inside the plant
premises, it will not alter the local drainage pattern and thus, is not
expected to have any impact on the local hydrology.
4.2.4 Impacts on Water Quality

Wastewater from construction activities would mostly contain
suspended impurities. Other pollutants which may find their way into
it will be in insignificant concentrations and may be safely
disregarded. Drains from different construction sites will be led to
sedimentation pits where excess suspended solids will be settled out
and relatively clear supernatant will be discharged into the outside
surface drains.
4.2.5 Impacts on Noise

During the construction phase, noise will be generated due to
movement of vehicles and operation of light and heavy construction
machineries including pneumatic tools and compressors. Careful
planning of their operation is required during this period so that
minimum disturbances are caused. The construction personnel
would be located away from the major road traffic. Moreover,
residential areas not being close to the project site, no significant
impact is apprehended.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
4.2.6 Impacts on Soil and Land Use

All major construction activities tend to create certain changes in the
soils of the area. However, this will take place inside the plant
premises and as such; there will be no impact on the soil condition
outside the plant boundary in terms of fertility.
During storms, some of the excavated soil and construction materials

such as sand etc. would be blown up in the air and dispersed around
the project site; some would also tend to be driven into the soil and
clog inter granular spaces.
However, in order to minimise such impacts, sprinkling of water shall

be done.
Preparatory activities like construction of access roads, temporary

offices, quarters and godowns, piling, storage of construction
materials etc. will be confined within the project area. These will not
generally exercise any significant impact except altering the land use
pattern of the proposed site. There will be no impact on the adjoining
land.
As such, the impact on land use would be very insignificant and any
impact due to construction will be confined within the project area
and will not hamper the land use aspects outside.
Overall, it could be easily inferred that there will be no adverse impact

on soil quality & land use in the study area.
4.2.7 Impacts on Demography & Socioeconomics

It is estimated that a large number of workers, comprising of skilled,
semi-skilled and unskilled labourers, shall be employed by various
contractors at site during the construction phase. Significant number
of semiskilled and unskilled labourers would be recruited from the
nearby areas. This would create some employment opportunities in
the area.
Since most of sizeable labour force will be drawn from

neighbourhood, no change in demographic profile is anticipated.
However, there will be increased economic opportunities for the local
people.
Most of the construction work is labour intensive. As most of the job

will be done by the contractors, it will be ensured that the
contractor's workers are provided with proper facilities including
sanitation and drinking water supply.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
4.3 IMPACTS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE

The process description including quantum of pollution loads from
liquid and solid waste considering their proposed environmental
control measures has been discussed in Chapter 2 - Project Profile.
The operational impacts in this study have accordingly been

evaluated for this project.

4.3.1.1 Sources of Emissions
The major sources of continuous emission from the existing plant are
13 stacks, 2 attached to sinter plant, 1 to Mini Blast Furnace, 1 to
Pellet Plant, 2 to Induction Furnaces, 1 to Rolling Mill and the
balance 6 to different facilities of existing DIP project. In the proposed
DIP project there will be total 5 stacks, two attached to Induction
furnaces, one attached to Magnesium Converter unit, one is attached
to Zinc Coating Machine and 1 to Bitumen coating plant. The major
source of emission from the proposed units and from the existing
units considering with Air pollution Control devices and without Air
pollution Control devices has been presented in Table-4.1 & 4.2
respectively.
Stack emissions would be constituted of mainly Particulate matters.

There will be total eighteen (18) stacks after the implementation of the
proposed units.
TABLE 4.1
PROPOSED STACKS & EMISSION CHARACTERISTICS
Description Induction Induction Magnesium Zinc Bitumen
Furnaces Furnace Converter Coating Coating
(2x15 T) (1x8 T) Unit Machine
(2x18 TPH) (1x10 TPH)
No. of Stack 1 1 1 1 1
Stack height (m) 35 35 35 35 35
Internal diameter at Stack
1.2 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.8
Top (m)
Exit velocity of flue gas (m/s) 11.0 7.0 8.0 8.0 7.0
Temp. of flue gas degree (oC) 140 140 60 50 40
Temp. of flue gas degree (K) 413 413 333 323 313
Flue gas flow rate (Nm3/Hr) 29617 13088 18,551 19,126 11,053
PM emission rate(mg/Nm3)
50 50 50 50 50
(With Control)
PM emission rate (gm/sec)
0.41 0.18 0.26 0.27 0.15
(With Control)
15000 15000 15000 15000 15000
(Without Control)
123.40 54.53 77.30 79.69 46.05
(Without Control)

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
TABLE 4.2
EXISTING STACKS & EMISSION CHARACTERISTICS
Description Sinter Sinter MBF Pellet Induction Induction Rolling
Plant Plant (1x250 Plant Furnaces Furnaces Mill
m3 ) (0.9 (3x20 T) (2x20 T) (0.15
(2x25 m2) MTPA) MTPA)
No. of Stack 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Stack height (m) 40 50 50 50 35 30 35
Internal diameter
3.8 3.8 2.6 3.0 1.2 1.0 1.2
at Stack Top (m)
Exit velocity of
9.0 10.0 9.0 12.0 11.0 11.0 13.0
flue gas (m/s)
Temp. of flue gas
120 150 235 110 40 40 273
degree (oC)
Temp. of flue gas
393 423 508 383 313 313 546
degree (K)
Flue gas flow rate
2,55,356 2,63,606 92,481 2,17,748 39079 27138 26,475
(Nm3/Hr)
PM emission
rate(mg/Nm3) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
(With Control)
PM emission rate
(gm/sec) 3.55 3.66 1.28 3.02 0.54 0.38 0.37
(With Control)
PM emission
rate(mg/Nm3) 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000 15000
(Without Control)
PM emission rate
(gm/sec) (Without 1063.98 1098.36 385.34 907.28 162.83 113.07 110.31
Control)

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
TABLE 4.2 (Contd…)

EXISTING STACKS & EMISSION CHARACTERISTICS
Description Induction Magnesium Zinc Bitumen Annealing
Furnace Converter Coating Coating Furnace
(2x8 T) Unit Machine (5x15 TPH) (2x30 TPH)
(2x18 TPH) (4x10 TPH)
No. of Stack 1 1 1 1 2
Stack height (m) 35 35 35 35 35
Internal diameter at Stack
1.1 0.9 0.8 0.5 1.2
Top (m)
Exit velocity of flue gas (m/s) 7 8 10 8 9
Temp. of flue gas degree (oC) 40 40 40 40 170
Temp. of flue gas degree (K) 313 313 313 313 443
Flue gas flow rate (Nm3/Hr) 20896 15,987 15,789 4,934 22,591
50 50 50 50 50
(With Control)
0.29 0.22 0.22 0.07 0.31
(With Control)
15000 15000 15000 15000 15000
(Without Control)
87.07 66.61 65.79 20.56 94.13
(Without Control)
4.3.1.2 Air Quality Dispersion Modelling

Selection of Model
The plant operation will emit gaseous pollutants through stacks,
which have the potential to deteriorate the air quality of the area. In
order to evaluate the impact on ambient air quality due to such
releases, the ground level concentrations (GLCs) as a result of the
plant emissions have been evaluated through mathematical modelling
using computer aided techniques.
Upon discharge to atmosphere, the emissions from sources are

subjected to transport and diffusion processes which together are
termed as dispersion. The processes which govern the atmospheric
dispersion of pollutants are plume rise, transport by wind, and
diffusion by turbulence and a number of physico-chemical processes
such as gravitational settling, deposition, chemical reactions,
transformation, decomposition and wash out.
The computation has been made applying ISCST3 of USEPA, which

is most widely used and also recommended by CPCB
(PROBES/70/1997-98). The model is based on some assumption
such as steady state conditions, continuous homogeneous flow, inert

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
passive pollutants, no ground absorption and a Gaussian distribution

of the plume in both horizontal and vertical planes.
4.3.1.3 Data Used for Modelling

The stack and emission data, as presented in Tables–4.1 & 4.2
respectively have been used as inputs to the model. The prediction of
GLCs and corresponding impacts has been made for the emission
figures mentioned therein.
The hourly meteorological data like ambient temperature, wind speed

and wind direction used for air quality modelling have been taken
from such data generated through continuous on-site monitoring
during (1st March, 2017 – 31st May, 2017) representing the summer
season.
The hourly occurrence of various atmospheric stability classes has

been determined from the on-site hourly wind speed and cloud cover
data using the insolation based stability classification.
The Mixing Height data were taken from one of the published
documents i.e., “Spatial Distribution of Hourly Mixing Depth over
Indian Region” of R. N. Gupta, applicable for the project site. The
mixing heights considered for modelling are given in Table 4.3.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
TABLE 4.3
MIXING HEIGHT
Hour of the Mixing Height (m)
day Summer Season
1 0
2 0
3 0
4 50
5 50
6 50
7 100
8 400
9 500
10 500
11 1000
12 1000
13 1000
14 1000
15 1000
16 1000
17 1000
18 500
19 500
20 400
21 100
22 50
23 0
24 0
4.3.1.4 Modelling Procedure

As recommended by CPCB, radial pattern of receptor locations has
been implemented using the polar (r,) co-ordinate system with origin
at the centre of the project site of the Cartesian co-ordinate system.
The locations of the receptors have then been defined with respect to
16 radial directions (N to NNW angle  of such directions measured
clockwise from North) and radial distance ‘r’ from the ARP.
The receptors are selected in such a way that more receptors are
located close to the maximum concentration point. The maximum
distance covered is 10 km., which has been seen adequate to cover
the maximum concentrations for this particular situation.
In order to compute the 24 hourly concentrations due to the

operation of the proposed project, the hourly meteorological data
recorded at the site meteorological observatory set up near the project

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
site was used. The model was used to compute the 24-hour
concentrations for each day for the summer season.
4.3.1.5 Discussion on Modelling Results

The predicted maximum GLCs of PM for existing and proposed units
considering with and without pollution control devices are presented
in Table-4.4.
TABLE – 4.4
PREDICTED MAXIMUM GLCs
Case Pollutants Max. GLC Direction Distance
(g/m3) (km)
With Pollution Control Devices:
Case-I PM
(Existing +
11.42 NE 0.5
Proposed
Units)
Case-II PM
(Proposed 4.5 ENE 0.5
Units)
Without Pollution Control Devices:
Case-III PM
(Existing +
3426 NE 0.5
Proposed
Units)
Case-IV PM
(Proposed 1362 ENE 0.5
Units)
Hence, the maximum incremental value of PM for Case-I & Case-II

(with pollution control devices) would be about 11.42 µg/m3 and 4.5
µg/m3 respectively, which will occur at a distance of 0.5 km in NE &
ENE direction respectively. However, it may be observed that this
value has been attained only on one day in the post monsoon season.
The maximum predicted GLCs of the pollutants have been

superimposed on the Background ambient air quality concentrations
to get the resultant concentrations for the respective pollutants and
have been presented in Table-4.5.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Table 4.5: Expected Ambient Air Quality

Pollutants Concentration in Ambient Air (μg/m3) Norms
1 2 3
Monitored Contribution of Net impact on
Average Values Proposed Plant back ground
GLC (2+1)
PM 75.8 11.42 87.22
(Existing +
Proposed
Units) 100
PM 75.8 4.5 80.3
(Proposed
Units)
* Concentrations are in µg/m3 and of 24 hours averaging time.
Max. GLC of PM
– 11.42 µg/m3
Industrial Land
0.5 km without any
Settlement
LOCATION OF MAXIMUM GLC OF PM ON GOOGLE MAP
The above table reveals that, proposed expansion project is

expected to contribute marginal increase in the back ground
ambient concentrations. However, the GLCs are within the
prescribed Norms. Therefore, no significant impacts are expected
from the proposed plant provided plant authority incorporates
pollution control measures indicated in the report and implemented
holistically.
It may also be noted that the modelling results depict the worst case
scenario as washout due to rain has not been considered and
deposition on other forms of structures as buildings, trees etc. have
not been taken into account. Thus, in actuality, the pollutant

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
concentrations are expected to be relatively lower than the predicted

value.
4.3.1.6 Impact due to transportation of raw materials and finished

product
Presently, the background emissions in the project area are primarily
due to emissions from traffic plying on the National Highway-6 in the
close vicinity of the site. During the operation phase of the proposed
project, movement of goods’ vehicles and loading and unloading
operations may contribute to air emission. But with advanced and
stringent traffic management system within the project site, scope for
such emission will be minimized. The layout of the proposed project
has generous area earmarked for greenery development. This will act
as effective media for arresting the emissions within the project site.
The vehicular traffic plying in and out of the project site will be one of
the significant sources of air pollution. If the site is not properly
regulated, it can create disruption in free traffic movement leading to
air pollution problems. This difficulty can be tackled to a great extent
by properly regulating the traffic and by following strict and
disciplined vehicular movement and operation in the project site. By
imposing vehicular emission standards, this problem can be further
curbed to a large extent. Adequate and planned road network will be
set up in the proposed project for smooth movement of the goods
vehicles.
The estimated quantity of raw materials, solid waste & product of

proposed expansion project (0.35 MTPA DIP Plant) is as follows:
Materials Quantity
(in TPA)
Raw Materials & Solid Waste 28,350
Ductile Iron Pipe 3,50,000
Total 3,78,350
There is railway siding inside the existing plant premises. Most of the
raw materials & the finished products are transported through rail.
The same practice shall be adopted after the installation of the
proposed project. However, in case of unavailability of rakes, the
worst case scenario has been considered by making an estimation of
around 60 trucks per day to be required. Under worst case scenario
in case of unavailability of rakes overall 0.378 MTPA materials will be
transported through road (considering 330 working days) for the

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
entire plant. Thus, around 60 trucks per day will be required after
expansion to transport the materials by road with the capacity of
each truck being 20 Tons.
The emission of CO, HC, NOx and PM from the trucks has been
calculated for the proposed project, based on the emission factor in
gm/km of Trucks / Trailer / Bus (Source: Central Pollution Control
Board) (Ref. Tables-4.6 & 4.7).
Table-4.6
Emission Factors, (in gm/km)
Mode CO HC NOx PM
Trucks / 4.5 1.1 8.0 0.36
Trailer / Bus
Source: Central Pollution Control Board
Table-4.7
Daily Emission for Trucks
Parameters Total Emissions
for 60 trucks/day
(in gm/km)
CO 270
HC 66
NOx 480
PM 21.6
There will be some impact on the surrounding environment due to

NOx emission. The impact due to the emission of other pollutants will
be insignificant. This quantum spread over the whole day is
considered low and shall not make significant impact on the
transportation route on the road.
Mitigation Measures
All trucks moving for transporting raw materials & solid waste shall
be fully covered to avoid dust pollution.
With strict traffic management system and various environmental

management practices, contribution of pollutants in the ambient air
will be kept under control so as to create minimum disturbances in
the neighbourhood.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
The vehicular traffic plying in and out of the project site will also be
one of the significant sources of air pollution. It will be mitigated by
properly regulating the traffic and by following strict and disciplined
vehicular movement and operation in the project site. Adequate and
planned road network will be set up in the proposed expansion
project for smooth movement of the goods vehicles.
It would be ensured that all the vehicles plying in the working zone
are properly tuned and maintained to keep emissions within the
permissible limits. At loading and unloading points, arrangement for
water sprinkling will be made so that dust generation during
transportation of materials will be minimized further. All the internal
roads within the plant shall be metalled; hence dust arising from the
internal roads shall be insignificant. The greenbelt development shall
further help in reduction in fugitive emissions.
With strict traffic management system and various environmental

management practices, contribution of pollutants in the ambient air
will be kept under control so as to create minimum disturbances in
the neighbourhood.

Company will follow “the zero wastewater discharge concept” and the
entire wastewater will be recycled to the plant for various uses. As no
wastewater will be discharged outside the plant premises, there will
be no impact on the water quality of any surface water body of the
area.
4.3.3 Impacts on Hydrology and Water Use

The requirement of water for the proposed expansion projects will be
around 830 m3/day. The water requirement shall be met from the
borewells / Kansabati River. Permission for drawing such water
through borewells / Kansabati River has been given by the competent
Authority. Since, such permission is given considering different pros-
and-cons of the issue (like water availability, present & future water
demand etc.) it may be opined that drawing such quantum of ground
/ surface water will not have any impact of concern on the water
distribution scenario of the area.
wastewater will be discharged outside the plant premises, there will
be no impact on any surface water hydrology of the area.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
4.3.4 Impacts on Noise

Sources of Plant Noise
The operation of the new units is expected to generate relatively high
and continuous noise. However, attempts will be made to install
machines which follow permissible noise limit as per Environment
Protection Act.
Impacts of Plant Noise

Operational activities are not expected to cause any undue
disturbances to the people living in the proximate areas outside the
plant boundary.
Impacts of noise on workers will be minimised through the adoption

of adequate protective measures in the form of (a) use of personal
protective equipment (ear plugs, ear muffs etc.), (b) education and
public awareness, and (c) exposure control through the rotation of
work assignments in the intense noise areas.
As such, due to protection, there will not be any appreciable impact

from noise due to the operation of the proposed expansion project.
4.3.5 Impacts on Soil

As discussed in chapter-2.0, all solid waste that would be generated
during the plant operation, will be managed in the proper manner.
This will ensure that there will not be any impact on soil quality due
to the disposal or deposition of solid wastes.
4.3.6 Impacts on Land Use

The proposed development will take place inside the acquired land
area within the existing plant premises declared as Industrial Land,
so there will not be any impact on the land use pattern outside the
plant area.
4.3.7 IMPACTS ON ECOLOGY

Impacts on Terrestrial Ecology
The baseline status of terrestrial flora and fauna within the study
area have been drawn up earlier. The harmful effects of such air
pollutants as SO2 NOx, & PM in affecting growth and other similar
functions of trees, either singularly or synergistically is well known.
However, such effects are experienced only at high levels. During the
operation of the proposed project, the significant pollutants will be
PM only, to be discharged from the proposed five stacks. The
maximum incremental values of PM would be about 4.04 µg/m3,

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
which will occur in NE directions at a distance of 0.5 km, which is

insignificant and is not envisaged to cause any stress on the
ecological fabric of the study area. The greenbelt proposed would be
useful in controlling fugitive emissions and process noise from
disturbing ecological environment in the study area.
Impact on Aquatic Ecology

Effluent from the proposed project will be totally re-used after
necessary treatment. As such, no impact on aquatic ecology is
envisaged due to operation of this project.
Moreover, there will be adequate greenbelt inside the plant area,

which will further ameliorate the ecological condition of the area.
4.3.8 Impacts on Demography and Socioeconomics

The labour force involved during construction phase will be replaced
by more skilled manpower to operate and maintain the plant.
As the area is close to Kharagpur & Midnapur, skilled people from the
towns will be available to work here. So, there will be no major
change of local occupational scenario, though the establishment of
the new project will increase the direct and indirect jobs and other
economic opportunities. There will be some development of secondary
service market, which will be beneficial to the local economy.

Rashmi Metaliks Environmental Impact Assessment for proposed Expansion of Ductile Iron Pipe Plant (from 0.2
MTPA to 0.55 MTPA) in the existing Steel Plant at village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur P.S. C5 - 1
Limited
Kharagpur, District: Paschim Medinipur, West Bengal
CHAPTER-5.0
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
The proposed project is the expansion of the existing project so it

is proposed within the existing plant site for the overall
integration. So, no alternative site has been explored.
Analysis of Alternatives Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd.

Rashmi Metaliks Environmental Impact Assessment for proposed Expansion of Ductile Iron Pipe Plant (from
Limited
CHAPTER-6.0
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
PROGRAMME
6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

A meteorological station will be set-up at the project site of M/s Rashmi
Metaliks Ltd. for the record of meteorological parameters such as wind
velocity and direction, ambient temperature, atmospheric pressure, relative
humidity and rainfall.
Periodic monitoring of stack emission by stack monitoring kit will be carried

out. Ground water quality near the project site and waste water quality will
also be monitored as per schedule.
Monitoring of ambient air quality at relevant locations both inside and

outside the plant area for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2 will be carried out.
The Environmental Monitoring programme of the proposed DIP Plant is

given in Table-6.1.
However, the monitoring programme w.r.t. the frequency and the sampling
locations will be finally decided in consultation with the State Pollution
Control Board.
Environmental Monitoring Programme Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

Limited
Table-6.1
MONITORING PROGRAMME
Discipline Locations Parameters Frequency

Meteorology One Temperature, Rainfall, Hourly
(Met Station) Relative Humidity,
Atmospheric Pressure,
Wind Speed and Direction
Ambient Air 3-4 relevant PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NO2 Twice in a
Quality locations year
Stack Emission Each Unit PM, SO2 & NOx Twice in a
year
Effluent Process pH, Total Suspended Solid, Monthly
Effluent Temperature, Oil & Grease,
Copper, Iron & COD
Ground Water Near Project pH, Temperature, Quarterly
Quality Site Conductivity, Turbidity,
Alkalinity, Chlorine, Total
Suspended Solid, Total
Dissolved Solids, Total
Hardness, Ca-hardness, Mg-
hardness, Coliform, Fe, Cu,
Cd, Cr6+, Pb, As, Hg, Zn
Noise Plant Area and Day-and Night-Time Noise Twice in a
Nearby villages Levels year
Environmental Monitoring Programme Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
CHAPTER-7.0
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
(HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & RISK ASSESSMENT, DISASTER
MANAGEMENT PLAN AND PUBLIC CONSULTATION)
Considering the generic structure of the EIA/EMP report prescribed in EIA

Notification dated 14.09.2006, this chapter is to comprise of public
consultation, disaster management, social impact assessment and R&R
Action plan. This chapter deals with identification of hazards and disaster
and preventive measures for disaster. The expansion of existing DIP Plant
may face certain types of hazards which can disrupt normal activities
abruptly and lead to disaster like fires, inundation, failure of machinery,
hot metal spill, electrocution to name a few. Disaster management plan is
formulated with an aim of taking precautionary step to control the hazard
propagation and avert disaster and also to take such action after the
disaster which limits the damage to the minimum.
7.1 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK ASSESSMENT

Hazard is a source or situation that has the potential for harm in terms of
human injury, ill health, damage to property or the environment, or a
combination of these factors. It has got a short or a long term effect on the
work environment with considerable human and economic costs. A hazard
can have a potential to create an emergency like situation at the work
place. Hazard is a potential cause to generate a disaster.
Hazards exist in every workplace in different forms and required to be

identified, assessed and controlled regarding the work processes, plant or
substances. They arise from (i) workplace environment, (ii) use of plant
and equipment (iii) use of substances and materials, (iv) poor work and/or
plant design, (v) inappropriate management systems and work
procedures, and (vi) human behaviour.
Steel plant has many hazardous processes and operations which can
cause considerable environmental, health and safety risk to the
workforce. All the hazards cause potential risk to the work environment
which include work force and work place and hence need proper
assessment.
M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited has planned to expand the Ductile Iron
Pipe Plant (from 0.2 MTPA to 0.55 MTPA) in the existing Steel Plant at
village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur P.S. Kharagpur, District: Paschim
Medinipur in West Bengal.
Additional Studies Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
In the steel plant of M/s Rashmi Metalliks Limited, large amounts of

material are processed, transported and conveyed by massive equipment.
Due to massive equipment and movement of large masses of materials,
workers are exposed to the heat of molten metal and slag at temperatures
up to 1,800°C, toxic or corrosive substances, respirable air-borne
contaminants and noise.
Burns may occur at many points in the steel-making process: at the front
of the furnace during tapping from molten metal or slag; from spills,
spatters or eruptions of hot metal from ladles or vessels during
processing, teeming (pouring) or transporting; and from contact with hot
metal as it is being formed into a final product.
Water entrapped by molten metal or slag may generate explosive forces

that launch hot metal or material over a wide area. Inserting a damp
implement into molten metal may also cause violent eruptions.
Mechanical transport exposes workers to potential struck-by and caught-

between hazards. Overhead travelling cranes are found in almost all areas
of steel works. Most large works also rely heavily on the use of fixed-rail
equipment and large industrial tractors for transporting materials.
Large quantities of greases, oils and lubricants are used and if spilled can
easily become a slipping hazard on walking or working surfaces.
Sharp engines or burrs on steel products or metal bands pose laceration

and puncture hazards to workers involved in finishing, shipping and
scrap-handling operations.
Foreign-body eye hazards are prevalent in most areas, especially in raw

material handling and steel finishing, where grinding, welding and
burning are conducted.
Out of all the units, Mini Blast Furnace of 215 m3 capacity carries
maximum hazard potential. Moreover, the major raw material for Ductile
Iron Pipe manufacture is liquid pig iron, also known as hot metal. The hot
metal requirement will be fulfilled from the existing 215 m3 MBF of
Rashmi Metaliks Ltd. and another 215 m3 MBF of Orissa Metaliks Pvt.
Ltd., located in the nearby location. The hot metal will be conveyed in the
covered ladle either through crane or by railway system, developed for the
internal transportation. The entire hot metal transfer will take place in a
fully closed system, thereby ruling out any chance of the spillage.
Carbon monoxide poisoning
In the existing blast furnace, large quantity of blast furnace gas (which
also includes 22 to 30% carbon monoxide) is produced in the process of
manufacturing. After the dust is removed, these gases are used as fuel
sources in DIP unit, Rolling mill and Pellet plant. The Blast Furnace gas is
Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
odorless, poisonous and inflammable because of large amount of carbon

monoxide.
Carbon monoxide sometimes emanates or leaks from the tops or bodies of

blast furnaces or from the many gas pipelines inside plants, accidentally
causing acute carbon monoxide poisoning. Any leakage of the gas and
subsequent ignition may cause explosion / fire. Inhalation of the gas may
also result in fatality. Most cases of such poisoning occur during work
around blast furnaces, especially during repairs. Other cases occur during
work around hot stoves, tours of inspection around the furnace bodies,
work near the furnace tops or work near cinder notches or the tapping
notches. Carbon monoxide poisoning may also result from gas released
from water-seal valves or seal pots in the steel-making plants or rolling
mills; from sudden shutdown of blowing equipment, boiler rooms or
ventilation fans; from leakage; from failure to properly ventilate or purge
process vessels, pipelines or equipment prior to work; and during closing
of pipe valves.
Splashing of molten metal and solid waste

Sudden breaks out of molten metal and slag may take place during
furnace operation. The break out may take place from weak portions of
hearth. The spillage of hot metal or slag can cause severe burn injuries
and fires. Explosions may also occur due to hot metal or slag falling in a
pool of water resulting in injuries and fire due to flying hot splinters and
splashing of hot metal or slag. The spillage of hot metal can also be due to
hearth breakage, mould breakage and during transportation. The
accidents can occur due to failure of water-cooled panels, puncture in
water-cooled lances, leakage of water from the walls of mould. Through
regular checks and proper upkeep of furnace refractory and cooling
panels, such incidents can be avoided.
The consequences will result in death (extreme case), severe burn and
mechanical injury and will be limited to working personnel near the site of
incident.
Dust and fumes
Dust and fumes are generated at many points in the existing steel plant.
Dust and fumes are found in the preparation processes, especially
sintering, in front of the blast furnace, induction furnaces etc.
Exposure to silica is a risk to workers engaged in lining, relining and

repairing blast furnace and induction furnaces and vessels with refractory
materials. Ladles are lined with fire-brick or bonded crushed silica and
this lining requires frequent repair. The silica contained in refractory
materials is partly in the form of silicates, which do not cause silicosis but

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
rather pneumoconiosis. Workers are rarely exposed to heavy clouds of

dust.
Alloy additions to furnaces making special steels sometimes bring

potential exposure risks from chromium, manganese, lead and cadmium.
Rolling Mill
Severe injuries may be sustained in hot rolling, if workers attempt to cross

roller conveyors at unauthorized points. Looping and lashing may cause
extensive injuries and burns, even severing of lower limbs. The use of
large quantities of oils, rust inhibitors and so on, which are generally
applied by spraying, is another hazard commonly encountered in rolling
mills. Despite the protective measures taken to confine the sprayed
products, they often collect on the floor and on communication ways,
where they may cause slips and falls.
Even in automated works, accidents occur in conversion work while

changing heavy rollers in the stands.
Tongs used to grip hot material may knock together; the square spanners
used to move heavy rolled sections by hand may cause serious injuries to
the head or upper torso by backlash. Many accidents may be caused by
faulty lifting and handling and by defects in cranes and lifting tackle.
Many accidents are caused through falls and stumbles or badly
maintained floors, by badly stacked material, by protruding billet ends
and cribbing rolls and so on.
In hot rolling, burns and eye injuries may be caused by flying mill scale;
splash guards can effectively reduce the ejection of scale and hot water.
Eye injuries may be caused by dust particles or by whipping of cable
slings; eyes may also be affected by glare.
Considerable noise develops in the entire rolling zone from the gearbox of
the rolls and straightening machines, from pressure water pumps, from
shears and saws, from throwing finished products into a pit and from
stopping movements of the material with metal plates.
Cleaning of the finished products with high-speed percussion tools may

lead to arthritic changes of the elbows, shoulders, collarbone, distal ulna
and radius joint, as well as lesions of the navicular and lunatum bone.
Joint defects in the hand and arm system may be sustained by rolling mill
workers, owing to the recoiling and rebounding effect of the material
introduced into the gap between the rolls. When lead-alloyed steel is rolled
or cutting-off discs containing lead are used, toxic particles may be
inhaled. Lead may also be inhaled by flame scarfers and gas cutters, who
may at the same time be exposed to nitrogen oxides (NOx), chromium,
nickel and iron oxide.
Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Butt welding is associated with the formation of ozone, which may cause,
when inhaled, irritation similar to that due to NOx. Reheating-furnace
attendants may be exposed to harmful gases like carbon monoxide due to
the use of blast furnace gas as fuel. Workers lubricating rolling-mill
equipment with oil mist may suffer health impairment due to the oils used
and to the additives they contain.
Large amounts of degreasing agents are used for the finishing operations.
These agents evaporate and may be inhaled; their action is not only toxic,
but also causes deterioration of the skin, which may be degreased when
solvents are not handled properly.
7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

The steel plant normally assesses and manages risk using recognized risk
management tools and/ or internal procedures (e.g., standard operating
procedures). Some of these tools are (i) basic risk management facilitation
methods (flowcharts, check sheets etc.), (ii) failure mode effects analysis
(FMEA), (iii) failure mode, effects and criticality analysis (FMECA), (iv) fault
tree analysis (FTA), (v) hazard analysis and critical control points (HACCP),
(vi) hazard operability analysis (HAZOP), (vi) preliminary hazard analysis
(PHA), (vii) risk ranking and filtering, and (viii) supporting statistical tools.
Out of all the units, Mini Blast Furnace is considered maximum risk
potential, particularly in the context of the proposed DIP project and
hence, risk assessment has been made for MBF.
7.2.1 FAILURE MODE EFFECT ANALYSIS
Failure mode effects analysis (FMEA) is one of the most important and
widely used tools for reliability analysis. FMEA identifies corrective actions
required to reduce failures to assure the highest possible yield safety and
reliability. Even though it is widely used reliability technique it has some
limitation in prioritizing the failure modes and output may be large for
even simple systems, may not easily deal with time sequence,
environmental and maintenance aspects.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Figure – 7.1: Steps in FMEA
7.2.2 Risk Priority Number
Risk priority number methodology is a technique for analysing the risk

associated with potential failures during a FMEA analyses. To calculate
risk priority number severity, occurrence, and detection are the three
factors need to determine.
RPN= Severity× Occurrence× Detection
7.2.3 Severity (S)
Severity is the seriousness of the effect of potential failure modes. Severity

rating with the higher number represents the higher seriousness or risk
which could cause death.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Table-7.1: Example table of Severity
7.2.4 Occurrence (O)
Occurrence ratings for FMEA are based upon the likelihood that a cause
may occur based upon past failures and performance of similar system in
similar activity. Occurrence values should have data to provide
justification.
Table – 7.2: Example table of Occurrence

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
7.2.5 Detection (D)
Detection is an assessment of the likelihood that the current controls will

detect the cause of failure mode.
Table – 7.3: Example table of Detection
7.2.6 FMEA IMPLEMENTATION
Mini Blast furnace is used for the production of pig iron for steel making in
steel plant. Failure mode effect analysis is executed by a multidisciplinary
team of experts in mini blast furnace operation with the help of process flow
chart. Criteria of ranking of severity, occurrence and detection are selected
suitably by analysing the past failure records of the furnace. Using values of
severity, occurrence and detection number risk priority number is calculated.

Limited
Table – 7.4: Steps to Calculate RPN

Components/ Failure Failure Failure Existing S O D RPN Additiona
Process mode effect cause control l control
Bleeder valves Failed to Explosion Corrosion Reliable 10 2 3 60 Periodic
operate supplier maintenan
ce
Conveyor feed Friction Fire Improper Belt sway 8 2 2 32 Lubricatin
belt maintenance switch g the
rotating
parts
regularly
Cold blast Flow Rupture Failure of Flow meters 8 1 2 16 Interlock
blower pressure in stove valves system
increase
Hot blast Stoveshell Fire & Excess Thermocouple 9 1 2 18 Periodic
blower crack Explosion temperature maintenan
ce
Blast furnace Pipeline Co Over Detectors 10 2 2 40 Provide
gas rupture poisoning pressure detectors
with alarm
system
Oxygen Pipeline Fire & Over Detectors 10 2 2 40 Provide
injection rupture Explosion pressure detectors
with alarm
system
Cooling water Pump Explosion No power Redundant 10 3 2 60 Check the
supply pump failure supply power supply fuel level
of diesel
generator
Tapping hose Oxygen Fire Ageing Reliable 8 4 4 128 Change
hose cut supplier hose
periodicall
y
Hot metal Rope Hot metal Overloading Safe working 9 3 2 54 Interlocks
lifting by breakage ladle falls load are with alarm
crane down marked
Gas cleaning Filter Improper Excess Monitoring 4 3 3 36 Regular
filter bags bags gas temperature system inspection
failure cleaning
Lancing hose Tuyere Burns Ageing Reliable 5 4 4 80 Check
puncture supplier defects
before use
Butterfly valve Valve Co Dust Air -line 9 3 2 54 Periodic

Limited
to regulate partially poisoning respirators maintenan

flow closed ce
Steam Pipelines Burns Excess Line 7 2 3 Display
injection crack pressure inspection cautionary
notice
Risk Priority Graph
7.2.7 ANALYSIS OF THE RESULT

Higher value of risk priority number was obtained for tapping process.
Detailed safety audit should be conducted on the cast house to reduce
accident rates. Proper housekeeping, awareness should be given to the
workers involving in cast house activities. Barriers, shields should be
arranged to prevent cast house workers from molten metal sparks.
Proper training should be given to all operators and workers; this will
reduce risk priority number value.

Limited
7.2.8 VARIOUS MITIGATION MEASURES

Various mitigation measures are recommended to mitigate the risk:
 Safety organization is of prime importance in the iron and steel industry,

where safety depends so much on workers’ reaction to potential hazards.
The first responsibility for management is to provide the safest possible
physical conditions, Accident-prevention committees, workers’ safety
delegates, safety incentives, competitions, suggestion schemes, slogans
and warning notices can all play an important part in safety
programmes.
 Proper training should be imparted to the workers, which should include
information about hazards, safe methods of work, avoidance of risks and
the wearing of PPE.
 Safety programmes for crane use require training to ensure proper and
safe operation of the crane and rigging of loads to prevent dropped
loads; good communication and use of standard hand signals between
crane drivers and slingers to prevent injuries from unexpected crane
movement; inspection and maintenance programs for crane parts, lifting
tackle, slings and hooks to prevent dropped loads; and safe means of
access to cranes to avoid falls and accidents on crane transverse ways.
 Safety programmes for railways also require good communication,
especially during shifting and coupling of rail cars, to avoid catching
people between rail car couplings.
 Furnace operators should be protected by enclosing the source of noise
with sound-deadening material or by providing sound-proofed shelters.
Reducing exposure time may also prove effective. Hearing protectors
(earmuffs or earplugs) are often required in high-noise areas due to the
unfeasibility of obtaining adequate noise reduction by other means.
 All dangerous parts of machinery and equipment, including lifts,
conveyors, long travel shafts and gearing on overhead cranes, should be
securely guarded. A regular system of inspection, examination and
maintenance is necessary for all machinery and equipment of the plant,
particularly for cranes, lifting tackle, chains and hooks.
 Locomotives, rails, wagons, buggies and couplings should be of good
design and maintained in good repair, and an effective system of
signalling and warning should be in operation.
 Falls and stumbles caused by obstructed floors or implements and tools
left lying carelessly can cause injury in themselves but can also throw a
person against hot or molten material. All materials should be carefully
stacked, and storage racks should be conveniently placed for tools.
Spills of grease or oil should be immediately cleaned.

Limited
 Good general ventilation throughout the plant and local exhaust

ventilation wherever substantial quantities of dust and fumes are
generated or gas may escape are necessary, together with the highest
standards of cleanliness and housekeeping. Gas equipment must be
regularly inspected and well maintained so as to prevent any gas
leakage. Whenever any work is to be done in an environment likely to
contain gas, carbon monoxide gas detectors should be used to ensure
safety. When work in a dangerous area is unavoidable, self-contained or
supplied-air respirators should be worn. Breathing-air cylinders should
always be kept in readiness,
 Heat protection can be provided by installing heat shields between
workers and radiant heat sources, such as furnaces or hot metal, by
installing water screens or air curtains in front of furnaces or by
installing heat-proof wire screens. A suit and hood of heat-resistant
material with air-line breathing apparatus gives the best protection to
furnace workers. As work in the furnaces is extremely hot, cool-air lines
may also be led into the suit.
 Those working at furnaces need clothing that protects against burns—
overalls of fire-resisting material, spats, boots, gloves, helmets with face
shields or goggles against flying sparks and also against glare. Safety
boots, safety glasses and hard hats are imperative in almost all
occupations and gloves are necessary.
Overall, an integrated approach combining good engineering and maintenance

practices, safe job procedures, worker training and use of personal protective
equipment (PPE) is required to control hazards.
7.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

A disaster is an unforeseen combination of circumstances that causes
serious body injuries loss of life or extensive damage to the plant
facilities or total.
In the above sections, risk assessment has been made, based on the
potential hazards, identified for the said project.
Apart from the plant risk, the following natural/ man-made disasters
may also occur:
1. Cyclone
2. Earthquake
3. Sabotage
4. Riot
5. Air Raid

Limited
The company has prepared its Disaster Management Plan to take care of
all the emergency situations/ eventualities, as discussed above.
The Disaster Management Plan of the company is divided into two parts:
(i) Onsite Emergency Plan

In this plan, the company officers will be given pre-designated
responsibilities for dealing with the emergency.
(ii) Offsite Emergency Plan

In this, different Govt. agencies will be conformed about the
emergency for necessary help from them.
7.3.1 ON-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

A) The disaster control procedure lays down the efforts to be made to
prevent fatal accidents, physical harm or injury to personnel and
damage to equipment facilities materials. It requires coordinated
efforts of all employees to control and eliminate a disastrous
situation.
B) All efforts to control a disaster will be coordinated among the various

co-ordinators and all actions, taken will be as directed by the chief
co-ordinator. The co-ordinating members will be responsible to keep
him posted on the development and course of action will be followed
by them (refer Annexure-I).
7.3.2 FACILITIES, AVAILABLE WITH THE FACTORY

a) Fire Fighting Facility
The entire factory is protected with fire extinguishing system from
outside and inside the shop floor.
b) Material Handling
Heavy duty cranes including mobile cranes, fork lifts, trucks,
trolleys are used in the plant. The same could be used at time of
emergency for handling the material.
c) Personnel Protective Equipments

Safety shoe, safety helmets, safety goggles, asbestos hand gloves,
rubber hand gloves, acid proof aprons, earplugs, aprons, leg
guards etc. are available in the Central store of the plant. At the
time of emergency, the same can be made easily available by safety
coordinator.
d) Medical Facility
The Plant has the required emergency medical facilities and health
check up for the workers are done regularly by the visiting

Limited
Doctors. In case of major accident, persons are referred to nearest

Hospital/Primary Health Centre.
e) Assembly Point
There are two assembly point at appropriate locations of the
factory so that in emergency employees and other staff can be
accommodated safely.
7.3.3 OBJECTIVES
The objective of the On-site Emergency Plan will be to make maximum
use of both the internal as well as the external resources:
 For rescue and treatment of casualties and safeguard personnel

in the premises.
 To minimize damage to property and environment.
 To initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under
control.
 To ensure safe rehabilitation of affected areas.
 To provide authoritative information to the news media.
 To preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent
inquiry into the cause and circumstances of emergency.
7.3.4 KEY PERSONNEL AND RESPONSIBILITIES

The actions necessary in an emergency will clearly depend upon the
surrounding circumstances. Nevertheless, it is imperative that the
required actions will be initiated and directed by nominated people, each
having specified responsibilities as part of coordinated plan. Such
nominated personnel will be known as Key Personnel.
7.3.5 ORGANIZATION
The Central Disaster Management Cell (DMC) is already set up under the
direct charge of General Manager (Works). Organizational structure is as
below:

Limited
General Manager (Works)
General Manager Divisional Heads Support Services

(Maintenance
& Project) GM / AGM
(Steel Melting Fire Services
Shop)
In-charge (Mechanical)
GM / AGM Safety
(Other Units)
In-charge (Electrical) Personnel &

Administration
In-charge (Projects) Medical
General Manager (Works) is empowered to declare emergency and he is

in charge of all operations in such situations. He is supported by GM
(Maintenance & Projects), Divisional Heads of respective all Plants,
Security and Fire Fighting, Administration, Medical Officer, In-charge
Safety and In-charge Environment in handling such a situation.
Disaster Control Cell operates from the Administrative block during

emergency.
There is shop level Disaster management cell in each division. Divisional

heads are nominated as controllers for their respective divisions. They
support central team as required. Organizational structure is as below:
Divisional heads
Shift In-Charge Operations Shift In-Charge Shift In-Charge

Mechanical Maintenance Electrical Maintenance

Limited
7.3.6 OFF SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

Type of emergency facilities/ actions required from outside bodies:
a) Fire fighting facilities required: The plant has its own fire fighting
facilities but during emergency, fire brigade may be called.
b) Police help required during emergency for evacuation of the

people, traffic control security arrangements etc. shall be
available.
c) Medical help required: seriously injured personnel may be referred

to the Hospital/Primary Health Centre depending upon the gravity
and type of injuries.
List of Key persons of Off- Site Emergency Plan has been given in
Annexure - II.
7.3.7 EDUCATION OF PUBLIC

People living within the influence zone will be educated on the
emergency in a suitable manner. This can be achieved only through the
Local and District Authorities. However, necessary information can be
extended to the Authorities.
7.4 REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT
The total land of M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited is 58.27 Hectares (144
acres). The existing Ductile Iron Pipe Plant is located on 6.07 Hectares
(15 acres) of land and expansion of DI Pipe Plant will take place within
the RML premises for which 4.05 Hectares (10 acres) of land will be
needed within the 58.27 Hectares of land. The Land is industrial in
nature. No additional land is required for the proposed expansion
project. As the land is already acquired, the question of rehabilitation
and resettlement is not an issue for the proposed project.
7.5 PUBLIC CONSULTATION
The Public Hearing for Proposed Expansion of Ductile Iron Pipe Plant
(from 0.2 MTPA to 0.55 MTPA) in the existing Steel Plant at Village
Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, Kharagpur, Dist. Paschim Medinipur in
West Bengal of M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited, was conducted on 29th
August, 2017 at Mahasakti Mahasangha, Satkui (Near BDO Office

Limited
Kharagpur-I), Dist.: Paschim Medinipur in West Bengal. The point-wise

compliance to the issues, raised during this meeting along with the
action plan and budgetary provision has been presented as Annexure-
III.
ANNEXURE - I
List of Key persons of on Site Emergency Plan
Sl. No. Emergency Co-ordinator

1 Executive Director
2 General Manager (Works)
3 General Manager (Maintenance & Projects)
4 General Manager/ Asstt. General Manager
(Steel Melting Shop)
5 General Manager/ Asstt. General Manager
(Other Units)

Limited
ANNEXURE - II
List of Key persons of Off Site Emergency Plan
1. Collector of District
2. Asst. Director I & II
3. Fire Office
4. Controller of Explosive
5. District Informatics Officer
6. Superintendent of Police
7. District Health Officer
8. Assistant Labour Commissioner
9. SDO

ANNEXURE-III
POINT-WISE COMPLIANCE TO THE ISSUES
RAISED DURING PUBLIC HEARING ALONG WITH THE ACTION PLAN AND BUDGETARY PROVISION
Sl. Name Issues raised during PH Response by project proponent Time Bound Action Plan Budgetary provision
No. (After PH) proposed
1. Sujit Karak To give the Mouza detail of the M/s Rashmi Metaliks limited stated - -
proposed project. the audience that the project location
is at Khidirpur Mouza, Village-
Gokulpur, Shyamraipur.
2. Bhavesh  Develop nearby village, RML stated that road nearby existing RML will coordinate with Road Company has allocated Rs
Senapati development of village/ local road plant is being repaired periodically in Construction Department officials 160 Lacs under
& improve road nearby existing consultation with Road Construction for repairing of road facility in the Enterprises Social
Rashmi Metaliks plant. Department, Govt. of West Bengal nearby area. Commitment.
and in future more focus will be
New Service road is to be
given to develop the local roads
constructed after getting final
under ESC Activities.
approval from NHAI.
RML has already made application
with supporting document and 5 years (tentatively by 2023)
processing fees to NHAI, PIU
Kharagpur for making service road
2.6 km approx. from Saha Chowk to
our plant.
 Contribute to local infrastructure RML stated that in past Financial Financial Support under ESC for Company has earmarked
development by providing playing Support is given to the Local School for next five years will be given in Rs. 148 lacs under
& health facilities. extension of building class room, GYM following segment: Enterprises Social
centre.  Local School for extension of Commitment.
building class room
Free Medical Camps, Health check-up
for surrounding villages is organised  Construction of charitable
on regular basis. Rashmi Group has its Dispensary
own ambulance and 24 x7 Ambulance  Solar Street Lighting provision
made available for all the villagers in at suitable public
case of emergency.  Drinking water infrastructure
(Tube well)
 Village pond up gradation an
 Primary Health & sanitation
Facilities place
5 years (tentatively by 2023)
 Give priority to local people for RML in past given priority to the Top most Priority will be given to Rs. 15 Lacs
employment in their proposed local people for employment the local people based on their
project. opportunity based on their academic academic qualification. (Up to April
qualification for their existing plants. 2023).
Necessary fund under ESC has been
earmarked by the company for next
5 years for Skill Development.
 Give assurance/commitments RML believes in continual Professional - -
regarding the same. development and will emphasis on
upliftment of socio-economic
background of local area.
3. Harindarnath  Develop nearby village, improve RML stated that road nearby existing RML will coordinate with Road Company has allocated Rs
Maity local road conditions & develop a plant is being repaired periodically in Construction Department officials 160 Lacs under
service road along the NH-6 consultation with Road Construction for repairing of road facility in the Enterprises Social
Bombay Road. Department, Govt. of West Bengal and nearby area. Commitment.
in future more focus will be given to
New Service road is to be
develop the local roads under ESC
constructed after getting final
Activities.
approval from NHAI.
RML has already made application
with supporting document and 5 years (tentatively by 2023)
processing fees to NHAI, PIU
Kharagpur for making service road
2.6 km approx. from Saha Chowk to
our plant.
 Give priority to local people for RML in past given priority to the local In the expansion project top most -
employment in their proposed people for employment opportunity Priority will be given to the local
project as per their skill. based on their academic qualification people based on their academic
for their existing plants. qualification.
(Up to April 2023).
 Extensive greenery needed to be Green belt development has been Full fledge Green Belt Development For Green Belt
developed. made since inception of existing plant for existing plant is under process. development already fund
as per MOEF guidelines. was deployed in CAPEX
For Development of parks, and OPEX of existing
Positive Initiatives has already been
plantation of trees in the nearby project and is being
taken by management of RML for
areas fund is earmarked in ESC. utilized in a time bound
developing Green Belt and has already
manner.
engaged third party for extensive
green belt development. Additional Adequate funds
from proposed project
have been deployed in
CAPEX (RS. 40 Lacs) and
OPEX (Rs 4 Lacs) for
Green Belt Development
and will not be diverted to
other purpose.
Apart from that Company
has allocated Rs 20 Lacs
under Enterprises Social
Commitment.
4. Debasish  Give job to the land looser. RML stated that the proposed - -
Maity expansion will be done in the existing
RML factory premises so no additional
land will be require.
 Develop nearby school & village Since inception of the company in Funds have been earmarked under Company has earmarked
under their corporate Social Kharagpur, RML has committed for Enterprises Social Commitment to Rs 413 Lacs under
responsibility (CSR) Scheme. development and upliftment of socio be utilized over a period of 5 years Enterprises Social
economic status of entire JangalMahal tentatively by 2023. Commitment. The detail
Area. break up are:
Financial support to Local School for Rs. 21 Lacs
RML in past has developed and
extension of building class room
provided necessary help to the nearby
school, NGO & village through CSR Construction of charitable Rs. 10 Lacs
program and in future also will Dispensary
continue the same work. Solar Street Lighting provision at Rs. 25 Lacs
suitable public
Local Village pond up gradation Rs. 15 Lacs
Primary Health Facilities Rs. 20 Lacs
Drinking water infrastructure (Tube Rs. 15 Lacs
well)
Sanitation Facility-Construction of Rs. 42 Lacs
Toilet
Development of Community Hall Rs. 40 Lacs
Promotion of the Sports Rs. 30 Lacs
Construction of Road Rs. 160 Lacs
Development of park, plantation of Rs. 20 Lacs
tress in nearby area
Skill development Rs. 15 Lacs
5. Deepak Bagii  Operate pollution control device Existing Plant is having valid Consent Adequate capacity APC devices and Adequate funds have been
for the proposed project to Operate from WBPCB. Latest Stack OCEMS (Online Continuous Emission deployed in CAPEX (RS. 7
Monitoring Report from WBPCB & Monitoring System will be installed Crores) and OPEX (Rs 70
NABL accredit lab also confirms the at relevant point in parallel with Lacs) for environmental
compliance of the industry on implementation of the plant. protection measures and
environment protection measures. will not be diverted to
other purpose.
Adequate control measures like
Electrostatic Precipitators, bag filters,
Venture Scrubber, Cyclone Separator,
dust suppression system are already
in place at relevant points in the
existing operational units. All the
major stacks are equipped with online
continuous monitoring system to
ensure the desired efficiency of the
respective control systems.
Similarly in the proposed project, bag
filters of desired efficiency, dust
suppression system shall be installed
at relevant points.
 Improvement of the local road RML stated that road nearby existing RML will coordinate with Road Company has allocated Rs
condition plant is being repaired periodically in Construction Department officials 160 Lacs under
consultation with Road Construction for repairing of road facility in the Enterprises Social
Department, Govt. of West Bengal and nearby area. Commitment.
in future more focus will be given to
develop the local roads under ESC 5 years (tentatively by 2023)
Activities.
6. Hirak Mondal  Issues related to the regular Existing Plant is having valid Consent Adequate capacity APC devices and Adequate funds have been
working of existing air pollution to Operate from WBPCB. Latest Stack OCEMS (Online Continuous Emission deployed in CAPEX (RS. 7
control system. Monitoring Report from WBPCB & Monitoring System will be installed Crores) and OPEX (Rs 70
NABL accredit lab also confirms the at relevant point in parallel with Lacs) for environmental
compliance of the industry on implementation of the plant. protection measures and
environment protection measures. will not be diverted to other
purpose.
In the existing plant Adequate control
measures like Electrostatic
Precipitators, bag filters, Venture
Scrubber, Cyclone Separator, dust
suppression system are already in
place at relevant points in the existing
operational units. All the major stacks
are equipped with online continuous
monitoring system to ensure the
desired efficiency of the respective
control systems.
 Red water coming out of the The water comes out from the plant The construction of storm water For Storm water pond
existing operational plant due to over flooding of heavy rain pond is already in progress and it construction fund deployed
water in monsoon season, not from will be completed by Dec’2018. in CAPEX and OPEX of
process water. existing project is being
utilized.
The prompt action has already been
taken to control red water discharge.
Additional Adequate funds
A storm water reservoir is being
from proposed project have
constructed to collect the excess run been deployed in CAPEX
off water which will be used for dust (RS. 120 Lacs) and OPEX
suppression. (Rs 12 Lacs) for Water
Conservation and Pollution
The current status is red water
Control and will not be
discharge outside plant premises is
diverted to other purpose.
being stopped totally and any excess
water left is being pumped to
movable water tanker and is being
used for dust suppression.
 Raised question on Public hearing Announcement regarding public - -
announcement procedure. No hearing for what, venue and date
proper publicity was done. were happened properly in
accordance to EIA Notification 2006.
The evidence can be seen by the still
photo.
7. Nirmal Malik  Give the Mouza detail of the M/s. Rashmi Metaliks limited stated - -
proposed project. the audience that the project location is
at Khidirpur Mouza, Village- Gokulpur,
P.O-Shyamraipur.
 Within 10 Km area habitation is The proposed expansion will be done - -
there, but project proponent is in the existing RML factory premises so
misguiding the local people by no additional land will be required.
stating no habitation is there.
Existing Environment protection
measures will be continued even after
expansion project. Hence no negative
significant impact on local people in
the area and on the health of the people
due to the existing plant and proposed
expansion.
8. Arup Ghosh  Strongly objected to proposed Existing Plant is having valid Consent Adequate capacity APC devices and Adequate funds have been
project. Polluted water is being to Operate from WBPCB. Latest Stack OCEMS (Online Continuous Emission deployed in CAPEX (RS. 7
discharged from the existing unit Monitoring Report from WBPCB & Monitoring System will be installed Crores) and OPEX (Rs 70
creating pollution and damaging water report from NABL accredit lab at relevant point in parallel with Lacs) for environmental
crops. also confirms the compliance of the implementation of the plant. protection measures and
 Effluent (red water) is discharged industry on environment protection will not be diverted to
from the existing operational measures. other purpose.
plant, Plant is designed as zero discharge
plant. But, sometime the water comes
out from the plant due to over
flooding of heavy rain water in
monsoon season, not from process
 Air pollution control device is not water. In order to solve the problem a
being operated. Dust Emission storm water reservoir is being
problem from the existing unit. constructed to collect the excess run
off water which will be used for dust
suppression. As off red water
discharge outside plant premises is
being stopped totally and any excess
water left is being pumped to movable
water tanker and is being used for
dust suppression.
In the existing plant adequate control
measures like Electrostatic
Precipitators, bag filters, Venture
Scrubber, Cyclone Separator, dust
suppression system are already in
place at relevant points. All the major
stacks are equipped with online
continuous monitoring system to
ensure the desired efficiency of the
respective control systems.
Similarly in the proposed project, bag
filters of desired efficiency, dust
suppression system shall be installed
at relevant points.
 Local people are being forced to The local land owners sell their land - -
give up their land. for industrialization (setting up
greenfield plant and also for
recreational work, greenbelt
development/ creation) after various
discussion and proper negotiation only.
The upcoming project will be set up
within the existing premises so the
local people will not effect
 No CSR work is being done. Since inception of the company in 2.5 % of total project cost has been Company has earmarked
Kharagpur, RML has committed for earmarked under Enterprises Social Rs 413 Lacs under
development and upliftment of socio Commitment to be utilized over a Enterprises Social
economic status of entire JangalMahal period of 5 years tentatively by Commitment.
Area. 2023.
RML is been doing the CSR activities
from long back and assure will
continue it in future. ESC expenditure
incurred for Rashmi Group during
2016-17 1.68 Crores.
 Green belt is being totally Green belt development has been Full fledge Green Belt Development For Green Belt development
destroyed. The area is being made since inception of existing plant for existing plant is under process. already fund was deployed
devastated due to the operation of as per MOEF guidelines. At present in CAPEX and OPEX of
the industry. 27% of existing plant area is being For Development of parks, existing project and is being
developed as green Belt. The certified plantation of trees in the nearby utilized in a time bound
Compliance report issued by RO, areas fund is earmarked in ESC. manner.
MOEF&CC also confirms the same.
Additional Adequate funds
Positive Initiatives has already been from proposed project have
taken by management of RML for been deployed in CAPEX
developing Green Belt and has already (RS. 40 Lacs) and OPEX (Rs
engaged third party for extensive 4 Lacs) for Green Belt
green belt development. In the Development and will not
financial year 2018-2019 8, 500 be diverted to other
plantations is proposed in phase wise purpose.
and for this pit cutting work is already
Apart from that Company
started on 10 acres of additional land
has allocated Rs 20 Lacs
nearby plant area.
under Enterprises Social
Commitment.
 Not providing jobs to the local RML in past given priority to the local In the expansion project top most
people. people for employment opportunity Priority will be given to the local
based on their academic qualification people based on their academic
for their existing plants. qualification.
(Up to April 2023).
From the current operation unit of
RML 3900 direct (regular +
contractual) are getting employment.
Apart from that 5000 indirect
employment is being generated.
 Frequent accidents problem PPEs are provided to the workers with Adequate fund CAPEX & OPEX is Adequate funds from
nearby plant, Safety and welfare of strict imposition and mandatory earmarked for Risk Mitigation & proposed project have been
the workers of the unit. practice for all the workers to use the Safety Plan and it will be deployed in CAPEX (RS. 30
PPEs. implemented in parallel with Lacs) and OPEX (Rs 3 Lacs)
Proper operating condition is being implementation of the plant. for Risk Mitigation & Safety
maintained along with regular health Plan and will not be
check-up and rotational work policy is diverted to other purpose.
being used so that the same worker is
not exposed beyond threshold limit.
The certified Compliance report issued
by RO, MOEF&CC also confirms the
same.
 The upcoming project will come New Land is procured for setting up - -
within 500 m. of densely greenfield plant and also for
populated area. recreational work & greenbelt
 Within 10 Km area habitation is development/creation. Expansion of - -
there, but project proponent is Industry to generate. Industrialization
misguiding by stating no will develop the socio economic of the
habitation is there near by the area. The industry was commissioned
plant area. in the year of 2007 at Gokulpur,
Shyamraipur, district Paschim
Mednipur. After setting up industry the
socio economic of this area completely
changed to the best economy as well as
living style also changed to higher side.
Apart from this the proposed
expansion will be done in the existing
RML factory premises so no additional
land will be required.
9. Satadal  Happy with the past C.S.R Stated the actual Social activities and - -
Banerjee activities carried out by project motive of RML.
proponent like organizing
Blood Donation camps, Eye
Checkup Camps, providing
ambulance services to the
accident victims, supporting/
funding nearby school.
 He came to know about this
Public hearing after getting
leaflet that was distributed by
project proponent.
 Huge direct/indirect job
opportunities is being created
in the existing operational
plant and mentioned that both
direct and indirect
employment will be generated
due to the proposed project.
Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
CHAPTER-8.0
PROJECT BENEFITS
Implementation of the proposed expansion of DIP plant project of M/s

Rashmi Metaliks Ltd. at village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur P.S.
Kharagpur, District: Paschim Medinipur in West Bengal will be a boon to
the region and will give various social, economic & infrastructural
benefits to society of the region.
Such project is expected to improve living conditions by providing better

employment opportunities and thereby result in further reduction of
population below poverty line, which is one of the prime policy objectives
of the Government.
It is expected that by creation of good employment potential and

industrialization of this area, poor/weaker section of the society will
enjoy higher earning power and quality of life.
The project is expected accelerate the infrastructure development in and

around the area, such as rail, road, transports and communication
facilities.
Trading of equipment and materials such as plates, pipe fittings, valves,

pumps, compressors, electrical machinery and construction materials
provide employment and income to a large number of people.
Through the proposed project it is expected to improve hospitality

services such as hotels/lodgings houses, restaurants, fast food joints,
transport services, travel, shopping, communication facilities,
hospitals/nursing homes as well as education facilities in the region.
The recommendations given by CPCB in the form of Corporate

Responsibility for Environmental Protection for steel industry shall be
fully complied. This will result in lowest possible emissions, water
conservation and reuse of treated wastewater, solid waste utilization and
resultant low cost of production.
Project Benefits Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Company will also contribute 2.5% of the project cost i.e. Rs. 413 lakhs
over a period of 5 years towards Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC).
M/s Rashmi Metaliks Ltd. fully understands and acknowledges that
better education and health care facilities, road infrastructure and
drinking water facilities are basic social amenities for better living
standard of any human being. The above activities shall be initiated
either by providing or by improving the facilities in the area, which will
help in uplifting the living standards of local communities.
The employment opportunities, both direct and indirect, that will arise
from the proposed project are around 600 persons will get employment
on daily average basis during the construction period. Around 300
persons will get direct employment in the project during the operation
stage. Preference shall be given to local people depending upon their skill
and qualification.
The project will create opportunities for indirect employment to persons

who shall be employed for the greenery development work in and around
the plant site.
The project is expected to create large opportunities for indirect

employment as drivers, conductors and attendants of new trucks,
passenger carrying vehicles, technicians in workshops and garages
besides the plumbers, electricians and masons. The project will create
opportunities for indirect employment due to increase in trade
opportunities like stockiest/retailers of building materials, groceries,
provision shops, medical stores, garment shops, furniture shops etc.
Project Benefits Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
CHAPTER-9.0
ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
The scope of the EIA/EMP has been prescribed vide the Terms of References
(TOR) issued by MoEF&CC, New Delhi vide letter no. J11011/237/2016-
lA.ll(I) dated 31.01.2017(Refer Annexure-I).
As per S.O. 1533 dated 14th September 2006, this chapter is to be prepared
if prescribed at scoping stage.
The prescribed scope does not require environmental cost benefit analysis.
Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
CHAPTER-10.0
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.1 BASIC CONTENTS

Environmental Management Plan is the key to ensure a safe and clean
environment. A plant may have taken proper pollution control
measures but without a management plan to assure its proper
function, the desired results may not be obtained.
Various pollutants’ generation, their control & disposal for the

proposed projects have been discussed in Chapter-2. In this chapter,
various mitigatory measures, to be taken by the company to ensure
the overall Environmental Management System of the plant are
discussed.
10.2 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

The potential value of vegetation in controlling air pollution has been
well recognized. Trees can filter particulates and are effective pollutant
sink. Vegetation also reduces noise level and regulates the oxygen
balance in the area by consuming released carbon dioxide. In order to
improve the aesthetic look of the area and enhance the land use as
well as to compensate for any loss in ecology during construction,
adequate plantation programme around the project site have been
planned and will be adopted. Development of green belt will include
plantation of trees along boundary of the factory, roads, raw material
yard and other available spaces. The plant species will be selected on
the basis of their growth and morphological characteristics (height,
crown and ornamental values) and factors like availability of local
species, resistance to pollutants, location of sources, plant layout,
meteorological conditions, water availability etc.
The proposed DIP project shall be installed within the existing plant
occupying total land area of 58.27 hectares. 27% of the total plant
area is covered under Green Belt. For remaining 6% area positive
initiative already taken and is under implementation stage.
The species selected for such green belt development in the DIP plant
area is presented in Table-10.1.
Environmental Management Plan Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
TABLE-10.1
LIST OF SELECTED TREES FOR PLANTATION
TREE SPECIES COMMON NAME
Pongamia Pinnate Karanj
Mimusops Elengi Bakul
Butea Monosperma Palash
Cassea Fistula Amaltas
Dalbergia Sissoo Sissoo
Neolamarckia Cadamba Kadam
Ficus Bengalensis Banyan
Ficus Religiosa Peepal
Madhuca Latifolia Mahua
Purging Cassia Sonajhuri
Moringa Oleifera Drumstick
Terminalia Arjuna Arjun
Azadirachta Neem
Tectona Grandis Teak
Mangifera Indica Mango
Albizzia Lebbeck Siris
Artocarpus Heterophyllium Jackfruit
Cocos Nucifera Coconut
Polyalthia Longifolia Ashoka
Dendrocalamus Strictus Bamboo
Design of greenbelt
In order to reduce the pollutant dispersion in the atmosphere, to resist
the noise generated due to plant activity and to uptake the wastewater
generated to some extent, it is recommended to develop green belt
around the periphery of the plant road side area. The total green belt
area proposed to be developed is about 3.34 hectares which is about
33% of the total plot area. It is proposed to develop green belt of about
20 meter width, consisting of three tiers of trees species, around the
project boundary. It also entrusted to maintain at least 75% survival
rate. In addition to development of green belt within the premises the
company is committed to carry out afforestation and biodiversity
improvement programme in the surrounding villages.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Species of tree to be used for plantation should be such that they are
fast growing, strong, and pollutant resistant. The plantation should be
a mix of different varieties. A three tier plantation scheme comprising
of:
a. Outer ring of tall, thick canopy trees.
b. Middle ring of less taller trees.
c. Inner core layer of tolerant species.
Phase Wise Green Belt / Cover Development Plan

 Green belt will be developed in a phase wise manner.
 In the first phase plantation will be undertaken along the plant
boundary, open spaces, around the proposed waste dumps, and
along the major roads will be planted.
 In the second phase the office building area will be planted.
 In the third phase when all the construction activity gets
completed, plantation will be taken up in the stretches under
open land around the project units as well as along the roads
leading to project units.
10.3 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

The hazardous waste generation from the factory will be Used/ Spent
Oil. Used oils removed from machineries, gear boxes, compressors etc.
and sludge will be collected in drums and temporarily stored in
specifically earmarked areas. These will be disposed off through the
approved agencies.
10.4 ENTERPRISE SOCIAL COMMITMENT (ESC)

M/s Rashmi Metaliks Ltd. plans to have well established guidelines
for Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) activities. The company has
certain areas, to be considered
for imparting the ESC activities
in the context of the local
scenario of the area. Emphasis
has been laid on identifying
some specific village(s) in
adjoining areas to develop &
empower the villagers. In this
connection, three villages have
been identified namely
Samraipur, Khanjarichak &
Kalikapur based on their existing socio-economic conditions and
accordingly certain areas have been explored to be addressed for
ensuring their overall upliftment. The company proposes to invest 413

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Lacs on the ESC activities, which is round 2.5% of the total project
cost (Rs. 165 Crores), this fund shall be utilized over a period of 5
years. The break up of ESC investment is presented in Table-10.2.
TABLE-10.2
ESC INVESTMENT OVER A PERIOD OF 5 YEARS
INVESTMENT (IN LACS)
PROPOSED ESC ACTIVITIES TOTAL
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
(IN LACS)
Construction of 14 nos. Toilets at schools & 9 9 9 9 6 42.0
community places (@ Rs. 3.00 Lakhs per set of 2
Toilets, separately for Ladies & Gents)
Drinking Water Infrastructure (Tube well in
nearby villages – 10 nos. @ Rs. 1.5 Lakhs) 4.5 4.5 3.0 1.5 1.5 15.0
Construction of metal consolidation road (10 km) 32 32 32 32 32 160.0

in villages ( (@Rs. 16 Lakhs per km)
Development of Community Hall – Total 4 nos.
(@ Rs. 10 Lakhs per Hall) 10 10 10 10 - 40.0
Local Village Pond up gradation - 3 ponds (@

Rs. 5 Lakhs per Pond) 5.0 5.0 5.0 - - 15.0
Street Lighting (solar) provision at suitable

public places – 50 nos. (@ Rs. 0.50 Lakhs per 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 25.0
Solar Light)
Financial Support to the Local School for
extension of building / class room 5 5 4 4 3 21.0
Construction of charitable Dispensary 3 3 2 1 1 10.0
Primary health for the surrounding villages 5 4 4 4 3 20.0

Promotion of Sports (Distribution of sports
materials like Football, Volleyball, Cricket etc.
among the villagers.) 8 7 6 5 4 30.0
Skill development to unemployed local youth
through National Skill Development Corporation,
Govt. of India Scheme 4 3 3 3 2 15.0
Development of parks, plantation of trees in the
nearby areas. 5 5 4 3 3 20.0
TOTAL 413
10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Establishment of an environmental management cell will be a positive

step towards protection of environment. For effective pollution control
and environmental protection measures, following functions of
environmental management cell are recommended:
Functions of Environmental Management Cell

1. Responsible for collection, treatment and disposal facilities for
air emissions, waste water and solid wastes.
2. Routine monitoring of relevant parameters to determine
pollution levels.
3. Ecological monitoring and green belt maintenance.
4. Implementation of environmental management plan.
5. Data handling, reporting, liaison with statutory bodies and
future planning regarding environment management.
10.6 MITIGATORY MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION

The impacts of the proposed construction phase on the environment
would be basically of transient nature and are expected to wear out
gradually on completion of the construction programme. However,
once the construction of the units will be completed and its operations
started, these operation stage impacts would overlap the impacts due
to the construction activities.
The impacts in different aspects of environment due to the

construction programmes have been elucidated in Chapter-4. In order
to mitigate such impacts and restrict them within tolerable levels, the
Authorities would adopt the following measures:
Traffic Safety
 Vehicle shall not exceed the speed limit of 25 km/hr inside the
plant premises.
 All vehicles shall be maintained.
 The contractor shall avoid traffic congestion and abide by the
traffic rules by deploying trained and licensed drivers.
 All vehicles shall have valid PUC
Fuel and Sanitation

 The project management shall take adequate steps to ensure
suitable sanitary facilities for the workers. These facilities include
water supply, sanitary toilets and waste treatment etc.
 Contractors shall arrange for the supply of fuel to the construction
workers so that the local trees are not felled to meet the fuel
requirement.
Handling & Storage of Hazardous Chemicals

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
 Hazardous chemicals/materials like oils, paints, and other

chemicals etc., which are hazardous in nature shall be stored as
per stipulated HCM&H Rule 1989.
Emission & Noise Control

 During construction, RML shall take adequate measures (e.g.
water spraying) to avoid dust emissions.
 RML shall ensure proper maintenance of the construction
equipment.
 Construction material/ the debris shall be transported with proper
cover to avoid the fugitive emissions of dust.
 The equipment shall comply with the Statutory limit of 85 dB(A)
(at 1 m. from the source) for noise.
Waste Collection & Disposal

 Waste has been categorized as: wood, metal, chemicals, paper,
plastic etc.
 The impact of waste shall be reduced through segregated
collection.
 Besides, during mobilization, construction, demobilization and
commissioning of the project, the contractor shall minimize the
waste burden through proper material selection.
 RML shall provide sufficient number of metal containers on-site to
store trash and debris resulting from their operations.
 No waste, regardless of composition, shall be drained to sewers,
trenches, ditches or channels.
 Hazardous waste disposed off during the construction activities
shall be registered in a Waste Log by the contractor. Waste shall
be stored in such a way that it is not accessible to unauthorized
persons.
 Waste handling shall be in compliance with applicable Legislation.
Personal Safety
 RML shall provide his workers with Personal Protective Equipment
(PPE) (e.g. Helmet, Goggles, Dust Mask, Ear Plug/ Muff, Hand
Gloves etc.).
 RML shall maintain First-aid Facility at the site & also an
ambulance for proper medical care of his workers.
Review of Contractor’s HSE performance

 RML shall submit the HSE performance periodically.
 Based on the review by RML, the contractor shall make suitable
changes in the plan and take corrective & preventive actions.
10.7 FIRE AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Full-fledged fire fighting facilities will be provided in the plant to tackle

any fire contingency. Regular safety audits will be carried out for
improving safety performance. Onsite and Offsite Disaster
Management Plans shall be developed and mock drills will be
conducted at regular intervals to keep the disaster management team
in a state of full preparedness.
10.8 ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS CAMPAIGN

In addition to training of employees in various aspects of pollution
control activities of the plant, programmes like celebration of World
Environment Day, World Safety Day, screening of films on
environment, tree plantation etc. will be regularly carried out in order
to create greater awareness towards environment protection amongst
employees and the people in the neighbouring areas.
10.9 LEGAL AND STATUTORY COMPLIANCE

All the environmental standards/ stipulations will be fully maintained
by the Company.
The plant will obtain yearly clearance from the State Pollution Control
Board for liquid, gases & solid wastes disposal. Specific information in
prescribed forms will be submitted as per Water (Prevention & Control
of Pollution) Act, Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act etc. It will
be supervised that all requirements under these Acts and Rules are
met.
The engineer-in-charge for the Environmental Cell will prepare these

reports with the help of the production engineers.
10.10 DOCUMENTATION
All the monitoring data, environmental and health related data should
be stored in systematic manner so that these could be retrieved
efficiently as and when required.
10.11 INFORMATION DISSEMINATION AND PUBLIC

RELATIONS
Everybody now a day is concerned about environmental pollution. A
steel plant could be a potential source of local pollution. It is,
therefore, needed that people should be provided with environmental
data related to the plant so that wrong apprehensions can be removed.
This requires a well-planned public relation and information
dissemination process so that unnecessary public intervention is
avoided. In this connection, M/s Rashmi Metaliks Ltd. will organize
different programmes with participation from local bodies,
encouraging local community in environmental projects (like tree
plantation) etc.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
10.12 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ACTIVITIES

10.12.1 Introduction
The Occupational Health and Safety Management System is a vital
part in Industrial Sectors. In this, Management Health and Safety are
taken into consideration. The purpose of the Occupational Health and
Safety Management System is as follows:
 Minimize risk to employees and others

 Improve business performance
 Assist the organization to establish a responsible image for heath
and safety.
10.12.2 Approach
The basic approach for the establishment and implementation of the
occupational health and safety management system will involve the
following steps:
 Identify the hazards involvement in the activities of the

organization.
 Evaluate the risks which are involved in the performance of these
activities.
 Control these risks to an acceptable level.
All the plant employees will be forced to use needed safety gears. All
contractor personnel and temporary staff will also be advised to use
safety equipment. Even the visitors will be advised to use helmet and
nose mask during plant visit.
10.12.3 Standards for the Occupational Health and Safety Management

System
As per the standards OHSAS 18001: 1999 / OHSAS 18002 / 2002, the
following specification is applicable to the organization:
 The establishment of an Occupational Health and Safety
Management System to eliminate risk to employees and other
interested parties.
 Implement, Maintain and continually improve the occupational
health and safety management system.
 Assign itself of its conformance with its stated occupational health
and safety policy.
10.12.4 Core Elements of the Occupational Health and Safety Management
The basic core elements are:
 Occupational Health and Safety Policy

 Planning
 Implementation and operation
 Checking and corrective action

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
 Management review
10.12.5 Occupational Health and Safety Policy

It sets an overall direction of the system. It lays down the principles
involved as responsibilities, performance requirement, commitments,
framework for setting objective and targets.
 In RML, the hazards’ places shall be identified and name plates will
be placed for the safety precaution to the relevant equipment.
 All the operational parts of the various departments will be identified
and assessed.
 In the operational area, the broad categories of hazards could be
mechanical, electrical, substance fire and explosions, which will be
carefully monitored.
10.12.6 Structure and Responsibilities

In RML, the following structure and responsibilities will form
occupational health and safety management system:
 All HODs of the respective departments will lay down the safety
rules and safety status of their work places and they will have the
authority to place the manpower accordingly.
 The communication between the worker and management will be
clear about the position of hazards situation.
 The top management of the company will be provided resources
such as human resources, technological resources and financial
resources for the implementation and control of the situation.
 There will be a quarterly evaluation of the improvement of the
safety and occupational health of the employees.
 Safety officer will monitor the compliance of safety rules.
10.12.7 Training Awareness

Departmental heads will select personnel from their respective
Departments who will be given training on the following issues:
 The occupational health and safety consequences of their activities.

 The emergency preparedness and response
 Importance of the occupational health and safety management
system.
 Training to be taken into account the responsibility, ability and
literacy of the person concerned and the nature and the extent of
risk involved.
In RML, there will be a periodic internal audit.
10.12.8 Management Review

In RML, there will be continuous efforts to improve the suitability,
adequacy and effectiveness of the established Occupational Health and

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Safety Management System. The necessary information about the

system will be collected and reviewed.
During First-Aid training programme, classes on occupational health &

hygiene will be held for the officers & staffs. All employees will be
exposed to this training.
10.12.9 Proposed Health Check-up Plan & Cost

For the proposed Project pre-employment health check up will be
followed by periodical health checkup with special attention to
occupational health. The periodicity of occupational health check up
will be followed as per the following schedule:
Sl. Age Limit (years) Frequency of Health

No. Check-up
1. Below 31 Once in 5 years
2. 31 – 40 Once in 4 years
3. 41 – 50 Once in 2 years
4. Above 50 Once a year
The health check up will be conducted as per the pre-designed format

which will include Chest X-rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision
Testing, ECG, Blood and Urine test etc.
Under Pre employment check up the following test will be conducted:

 Chest x-rays
 Audiometry
 Spirometry
 Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other
ocular defect)
 ECG
 Haemogram (examination of the blood)
 Urine (Routine and Microscopic)
 Complete physical examination
 Musculo-skeletal disorders (MSD)
 Backache
 Pain in minor and major joints
 Fatigue, etc.
Medical records of each employee will be maintained separately and

will be updated as per finding during monitoring. Medical records of
the employee at the end of his/her term will be updated.
10.12.10 Use of Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE)

The practice of using the Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) as
enlisted in Table-10.2 shall be strictly followed.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
10.13 ENVIRONMENTAL COST
Environmental Cost Component

The total project cost for the proposed expansion project has been
estimated to be Rs. 165 Crores. The capital cost of environmental
mitigation measures is estimated to be Rs. 7.0 Crores, which includes:
Item Cost
(in Crores)
Cost of Air Pollution Control Systems 2.7
Cost of Water conservation & Pollution Control 1.2
Cost of Solid Waste Management System 0.7
Green belt development 0.4
Noise Reduction Systems 0.8
Occupational Health Management 0.7
Risk Mitigation & Safety Plan 0.3
Environmental Management Department 0.2
GRAND TOTAL 7.0
The estimated annual cost of environmental mitigation measures for the

proposed project has been estimated to be Rs. 70 Lakhs. The annual
estimated environmental mitigation costs include:
Item Cost
(in Lakhs)
Air Pollution Control Systems 27
Water conservation & Pollution Control 12
Solid Waste Management System 7
Green belt development 4
Noise Reduction Systems 8
Occupational Health Management 7
Risk Mitigation & Safety Plan 3
Environmental Management Department 2
GRAND TOTAL 70

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
TABLE-10.2
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS
Protection
Equipment Protection Against
for
Fall of objects/hitting against
Safety helmet objects during construction,
maintenance, etc.
Head Electrical resistance
Electrical shock.
helmet
Welder’s leather cap Splashing of liquid etc.
Panorama goggles with Oil and paint splashes, dust and
clear plastic vision chips.
Eye
Spectacle-type goggles High temperature flame during
with blue lens furnace work.
Ear Ear plugs or muffs High noise level.
Dust, fume mask Oxygen
Nose Fine dust particles, fumes & gas
musk & Air musk
Welding helmet and Welding fumes, sparks and UV
Face
shield rays.
Apron Falling of hot chips, slag’s, etc.
Safety belt Falling of persons from height.
Body Hand gloves Heat radiation.

Electrical resistance
Electric shock.
gloves
Canvas gloves Contact with oil, grease, etc.
Striking by objects, fall of objects
Leg Safety Shoe and stepping on sharp or hot
objects.

Rashmi Metaliks
0.2 MTPA to 0.55 MTPA) in the existing Steel Plant at village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, C11 - 1
Limited
CHAPTER-11.0
SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
11.1 INTRODUCTION
M/s Rashmi Metaliks Ltd., a part of RASHMI GROUP, was
incorporated on 30th January, 2004, having its registered office at
Premlata Building, 6th Floor, 39-Shakespeare Sarani, Kolkata –
700 017 in West Bengal. Presently, the Company is operating its
existing integrated steel plant & 0.2 MTPA Ductile Iron Pipe Plant
at village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, Kharagpur, District-
Paschim Mednipur in West Bengal.
Now, the company has decided to expand their business model by

Village-Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, Kharagpur, Dist. Paschim
Mednipur in West Bengal. Expansion of DIP unit is presented in
Table-11.1.
Plant Existing Proposed (TPA) Total

(TPA) (TPA)
Ductile Iron 2,00,000 3,50,000 5,50,000

Pipe Plant
M/s Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd. have conducted an Environmental

Impact Assessment (EIA) for the proposed expansion project and
formulated an appropriate Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for
such project.
11.2 SITE LOCATION

The proposed project site is located at Village Gokulpur, P.O.
Shyamraipur, Kharagpur, Dist. Paschim Medinipur in West Bengal.
Its geographical co-ordinates are Latitude 22°21'44.24"N and
Longitude 87°17'48.50"E with above mean sea level (AMSL) 110 ft.
Summary & Conclusion Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd.
Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
The nearest Railway Station Kharagpur is 4.0 km from the project

site. Nearest town Kharagpur is about 4.0 km from the project site.
Important Town like Midnapur (District H.Q) is about 6.5 km from
project site. Good road connectivity because of National Highway-6
(NH-6), connecting Kolkata to Mumbai. Kolkata city is located at a
distance of about 114 km from the project site. Distance from Howrah
Railway station to the project site is about 111 km. The nearest
airport is Kolkata which is about 122 km from the project site. River
Kansabati are passing approx. 4.5 km distance in north direction
w.r.t the project site.
11.3 PROJECT HIGHLIGHTS

The principal features or highlights of the proposed expansion project
of M/s Rashmi Metaliks Ltd., under study are as follows:
Location Mouza – Nandarchak (J.L. No.-124), Sujatpur (J.L. No.-

139) & Khidipur (J.L. No.-140), Village Gokulpur, P.O.
Shyamraipur, P.S. Kharagpur, Dist. Paschim Medinipur in
West Bengal. Its geographical co-ordinates are Latitude
22°21'44.24"N and Longitude 87°17'48.50"E with above
mean sea level (AMSL) 110 ft.
Land The total land of M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited is 58.27
requirement Hectares (144 acres). The existing Ductile Iron Pipe Plant
is located on 6.07 Hectares (15 acres) of land and
expansion of DI Pipe Plant will take place within the RML
premises for which 4.05 Hectares (10 acres) of land will be
needed within the 58.27 Hectares of land. No additional
Raw water As per an initial estimate, water to the tune of 830
requirement cu.m/day (34.58 cu.m/hr) will be required for the
& source proposed expansion project. The raw water will be sourced
from Bore Wells / Kansabati River.
Power Requirement of power for the proposed expansion project
requirement is around 10 MW. The power required for the proposed
plant will be sourced from WBSEDCL supply system.
Effluent The plant will be designed as a zero discharge plant. The
generation & water will be recirculated through cooling and treatment.
disposal The entire wastewater will be recycled for various
purposes inside the plant.
Domestic wastewater will be treated in Septic tank - Soak
pit system.
Air pollution Adequate control measures like installation of bag filters,
control dust suppression system and stacks of adequate height at
relevant points.
Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
Solid Waste  Slag from Induction Furnaces will be used for Land
Management filling / Road Construction purpose / paver block
making as present practice.
 Slag from Magnesium converter will be used for Land
filling/Road Construction purpose as present practice.
 The Runner Scrap will be re-melted.
 Magnesium dust will be used in our existing Sinter
Plant.
 Core sand in Casting Area as well as the same from the
Annealing Furnace will be used in Land Filling and
reclamation now as present practice.
 Zinc Dust will be sold to PCB certified Paint
manufacturer.
Manpower 600 persons (regular) & 500 persons (contract)
Project cost Rs. 165.0 Crores
11.4 BASELINE ENVIRONMNETAL SCENARIO

The area falling within the radius of 10 km around the proposed DIP
Plant at Village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, Kharagpur, Dist.
Paschim Medinipur in West Bengal has been considered as study
area. On-site environmental quality monitoring was carried out from
March, 2017 to May, 2017.
11.4.1 Meteorology
The monthly maximum and minimum temperatures recorded on-site
during the aforesaid monitoring period varied between (39.5-42.5)°C
and ( )°C respectively with overall maximum and minimum
temperatures being 42.5°C and 17.5°C respectively.
The monthly maximum and minimum relative humidity recorded on-

site during the said monitoring period varied between (74-77)% and
(45-55)% respectively, the overall maximum and minimum being 77%
and 45% respectively.
The overall mean wind speed during the monitoring period was 5.01
Km/hr. The predominant wind direction is south.
11.4.2 Ambient Air Quality

Ambient air quality was monitored at eight (8) locations in and around
the project site.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
The overall mean values of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2 and CO in the area
(mean of all the 8 locations) were 75.8 g/m3, 32.9 g/m3, 10.3
g/m3, 20.3 g/m3 and 0.772 mg/m3 respectively.
11.4.3 Water Quality

Water samples were collected and analyzed at ten (10) locations to assess
the surface water quality in the study area. Water samples were
collected from nine (9) locations to assess the baseline status of the
ground water quality of the study area.
The pH values of the collected two water samples from the River
Kangsabati were found 7.1 and 7.3. Values of Dissolved Oxygen were
observed (6.9 & 7.1) mg/lit. Total Dissolved Solids were found (190 &
193) mg/lit while values of total Hardness were found (97 & 98) mg/lit.
Calcium & Magnesium were found (24 & 26) mg/lit and (8 & 9) mg/lit
respectively. Sulphate, Nitrate and Chloride were observed (6 & 7)
mg/lit, (1.3 & 1.9) mg/lit and (37 & 40) mg/lit respectively. Iron
contents were found (0.18) mg/lit and zinc contents were found (0.12 &
0.16) mg/lit in both samples.
The pH values of the collected pond water samples were found in the
range of (6.9 - 7.8). Dissolved Oxygen was observed in the ranges of (5.9
- 6.6) mg/lit. Total Dissolved Solids were found in the ranges of (246 -
292) mg/lit while Total Hardness was found in the ranges of (166 - 208)
mg/lit. Calcium & Magnesium were found varying in the ranges of (44 -
65) mg/lit and (8 - 22) mg/lit respectively. Sulphate, Nitrate and
Chloride were observed varying in the ranges of (7 - 13) mg/lit, (2.3 –
3.9) mg/lit and (55 - 71) mg/lit respectively. Values of Iron and zinc
contents were found in the ranges of (0.22 - 0.45) and (0.18 - 0.33)
mg/lit respectively.
Conclusion can be drawn in the light of the overall analysis made so far
that the surface water in the study area is free of any kind of industrial
and urban pollution and has been found to be generally fit for human
consumption.
11.4.4 Noise
A total of 10 locations around the proposed project were selected for the
measurement of ambient noise levels.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
During the day time, the equivalent noise levels were found to vary in
the ranges of (54.7 – 71.6) dB (A) while in the night time, the equivalent
noise levels were observed to be varying in the ranges of (44.1 – 59.2) dB
(A).
11.4.5 Ecology
The study area is found to have a good vegetation cover due to helpful
climatic conditions and good soil quality in the area. There are naturally
growing plants, vegetation and grasses. The overall floral composition in
the whole study area is quite rich.
11.4.6 Demography and Socio-economy

A total of 200 villages, Kharagpore and Midnapore municipalities fall
under the 10 km radius study area. The study area is densely populated
with the total population of 6,38,918 (as per 2011 Census). The sex ratio
is about 966 females per 1000 males. The overall literacy rate is about
74.64%. Male literacy rate is 79.27% (w.r.t the male population) and
female literacy rate is 69.86% (w.r.t the female population). The
principal staple food is rice.
11.5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF PROPOSED PROJECT

Stack emissions would be constituted of mainly Particulate matters.
There will be total eighteen (18) stacks after the implementation of the
proposed units. The major sources of continuous emission from the
existing plant are 13 stacks, 2 attached to sinter plant, 1 to Mini Blast
Furnace, 1 to Pellet Plant, 2 to Induction Furnaces, 1 to Rolling Mill and
the balance 6 to different facilities of existing DIP project. In the
proposed DIP project there will be total 5 stacks, two attached to
Induction furnaces, one attached to Magnesium Converter unit, one is
attached to Zinc Coating Machine and 1 to Bitumen coating plant.
As recommended by CPCB, GLCs at various receptor locations within 10

km radius have been computed for the three months’ period
(March,2017 - May,2017) representing the summer season, based on
the hourly meteorological data of this period. The computation has been
made applying Industrial Source Complex (ISC3) model, developed by
United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), which is most
widely used and also recommended by CPCB (PROBES/70/1997-98).

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
The maximum incremental value of PM for Case-I & Case-II (with

pollution control devices) would be about 11.42 µg/m3 and 4.5 µg/m3
respectively, which will occur at a distance of 0.5 km in NE & ENE
direction respectively. However, it may be observed that this value has
been attained only on one day in the summer season. (Case-I: Existing +
Proposed Units; Case-II: Proposed Units)
The predicted maximum GLCs of PM due to the operation of the

proposed plant is well within the prescribed limits. Therefore, there will
be insignificant impact on the Air Quality of the area due to the
operation of the project.

wastewater will be discharged into any outside water body, there will
be no impact on the water quality of any surface water bodies of the
area.
11.5.3 Impacts on Soil

There will be solid waste generation, but will be managed in the
proper manner. This will ensure that there will not be any impact on
soil quality due to the disposal or deposition of solid waste.
11.5.4 Impacts on Land Use

The proposed development will be confined within the boundary of the
existing plant area, earmarked for the industrial purpose, so there will
not be any significant impact on the land use pattern of the area.
11.5.5 Impacts on Biological Environment

The surrounding area has substantial vegetation in the form of village
orchards, roadside trees and agriculture. There will be sufficient
plantation of trees at the plant site. All these measures, if
implemented properly will ensure insignificant impact on the local
vegetation from the proposed project and may improve the vegetation
scenario of the area.
No wastewater will be discharged outside the plant premises. There is,

therefore, no impact on the aquatic ecology of the water bodies.
11.5.6 Impacts on Socio-Economic Environment

The project will offer substantial employment potential during
construction phase and operation phase, which will have beneficial
impact.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
11.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited, will develop various management
activities for the Environmental Management Programme which will
meet all statutory requirements and help to improve environmental
quality.
In order to improve the aesthetic look of the area and enhance the
land use as well as to compensate for any loss in ecology during
construction, adequate plantation programmes around the project site
have been planned and will be adopted. Development of green belt will
include plantation of trees along boundary of the factory, roads, raw
material yard and other available spaces. The proposed DIP project
shall be installed within the existing plant occupying total land area of
58.27 hectares. 27% of the total plant area is covered under Green
Belt. For remaining 6% area positive initiative already taken and is
under implementation stage.
A detailed monitoring for different environmental parameters will be

carried out as per direction of State Pollution Control Board. An
environmental management group will be established to implement
the management plan.
11.7 CONCLUSION
The EIA study has been carried out with respect to the Terms of
Reference (TORs) issued by MoEF&CC, Govt. of India. All the impacts
likely to have an effect on the environment have been identified and
efficient/adequate mitigation measures have been proposed for the
same.
Considering the probability of likely impacts, the proponent has

planned adequate mitigation measures and Environmental
Management Plan. Further, the proponent has been undertaking
various ESC activities which have beneficial impacts on the
socioeconomic environment. Measures like rainwater harvesting,
energy conservation and greenbelt development are also
commendable. Looking to the overall project scenario, employment
potential and allied development plans; it will serve as a great impetus
to the development of the society.
The best technology including all safety aspects shall be adopted in

the proposed expansion project. All the above safe guards and the

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
respective mitigation measures shall ensure in developing a

sustainable environment.

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited
CHAPTER-12.0
DISCLOSURE OF
CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
Brief Profile of M/s Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd.

M/s Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd., Kolkata has acquired the status of one of the
Prime organizations of the country in undertaking various assignments in the
areas like Environmental Impact Assessment, Environment Management Plan,
Risk Analysis, Detailed Project Report, Environmental Audit / Statement, Geo-
Technical Statement etc., since it was formed in 1988 by Prof. G. D. Agarwal,
former Dean, IIT Kanpur and Member Secretary, Central Pollution Control
Board.
The company owes in its name a list of eminent & well-qualified experts to
execute various assignments with the desired degree of perfection. The
manpower, engaged for EIA study for proposed expansion of Ductile Iron Pipe
Plant (from 0.2 MTPA to 0.55 MTPA) in the existing Steel Plant of M/s Rashmi
Metaliks Limited at village Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur P.S. Kharagpur,
District: Paschim Medinipur in West Bengal is given in Table-12.1. Since its
inception, the company has been endeavoring for continual improvement in its
system for which it has been accredited with ISO 9001: 2000 & ISO
14001:2004 certifications. The Company had obtained NABET accredition
under QCI-NABET Scheme in the month of May, 2011 vide certificate no.
NABET/EIA/1011/010.
The company has a well-equipped laboratory, which is recognized by West

Bengal Pollution Control Board and Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate
Change, Govt. of India.
Disclosure of Consultants Engaged Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited

Rashmi Metaliks
Limited

ANNEXURE-III
BOREWELL PERMISSIONS :
Environmental Impact Assessment for proposed installation of Induction Furnaces,
Rashmi Metaliks
Rolling Mill along with Captive Power Plant at Mouza Mathurakismat & Amba, Village PAGE - 1
Limited, Unit-III
Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, P.S. Kharagpur, Dist. Paschmi Mednipur, West Bengal
ANNEXURE-VI

(Period: 15th October, 2015 – 14th January, 2016)
Near Project Site
24
(at Latibpur) 68 104 79.6 101.2
Dehikia 24 64 95 77.7 94.1
Kenduyapal 24 60 90 71.8 87.4
PM10 Chandabila 24 66 97 76.4 94.2
(µg/m3) Narayanpur 24 65 98 78.6 97.1
Barkola 24 60 84 71.1 83.2
Srikrishnapur 24 62 95 75.2 92.7
Nimpura 24 61 90 70.1 26.1
OVERALL 192 60 104 75.1 100.7
Near Project Site
24
(at Latibpur) 24 47 32.7 45.1
Dehikia 24 25 42 32.1 41.0
Kenduyapal 24 22 38 28.0 35.6
PM2.5 Chandabila 24 24 43 30.9 41.5
(µg/m3) Narayanpur 24 23 40 30.7 39.2
Barkola 24 22 36 28.6 35.5
Nimpura 24 20 38 27.5 37.0
OVERALL 192 20 47 30.1 44.6
Near Project Site
24
(at Latibpur) 9 19 13.9 19.0
Dehikia 24 10 17 12.8 16.5
Kenduyapal 24 7 15 11.0 15.0
SO2 Chandabila 24 9 18 12.5 16.6
(µg/m3) Narayanpur 24 6 14 9.1 13.1
Barkola 24 7 13 9.8 12.5
Nimpura 24 6 15 10.1 14.1
OVERALL 192 6 19 11.0 18.7
Near Project Site
24
(at Latibpur) 21 48 30.4 45.7
Dehikia 24 18 36 27.3 35.5
Kenduyapal 24 14 31 21.2 30.5
NO2 Chandabila 24 23 35 28.2 34.5
(µg/m3) Narayanpur 24 16 32 22.3 30.2
Barkola 24 13 35 22.9 34.5
Nimpura 24 14 38 23.7 36.6
OVERALL 192 13 48 24.5 44.4
Environmental Impact Assessment for proposed installation of Induction Furnaces,
Rashmi Metaliks
Rolling Mill along with Captive Power Plant at Mouza Mathurakismat & Amba, Village PAGE - 2
Limited, Unit-III
Gokulpur, P.O. Shyamraipur, P.S. Kharagpur, Dist. Paschmi Mednipur, West Bengal
(Period: 15th October, 2015 – 14th January, 2016)
Near Project Site
72 0.306 1.664 0.803 1.502
(at Latibpur)
Dehikia 72 0.194 1.402 0.716 1.366
Kenduyapal 72 0.146 1.392 0.603 1.283
CO Chandabila 72 0.236 1.652 0.781 1.535
(mg/m )
3 Narayanpur 72 0.201 1.592 0.670 1.474
Barkola 72 0.168 1.209 0.595 1.114
Srikrishnapur 72 0.235 1.638 0.689 1.550
Nimpura 72 0.313 1.731 0.738 1.546
OVERALL 576 0.146 1.731 0.699 1.550
Page 1 of 4
Duly completed form alongwith necessary attachments are to be submitted in single copy
WEST BENGAL POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD

Paribesh Bhawan,10 A, Block-LA, Sector-III,SaltLake
Kolkata-700098, INDIA; Ph 23359088, Fax:(0091)(33)23358073
Form-1
[See rules 6(1) ]
Application for Obtaining Authorisation for Collection/ Reception/ Treatment/ Transport/
Storage/ Disposal of Hazardous Waste
From:
RASHMI METALIKS LIMITED
Local Body: KALAIKUNDA GRAM PANCHYAT
Street/Road Name: VILLAGE-GOKULPUR City/Village:
P.O.: SHYAMRAIPUR PIN: 721301
P.S.: Kharagpur (Local) Dist.: Medinipore(W)
To:
The Member Secretary,
West Bengal Pollution Control Board,
10A, Block-LA, Sector-III, Bidhan Nagar,
Kolkata- 700 098
Sir,
I / We hereby apply for authorisation/ renewal of authorisation under sub-rule (1) of Rule 6 of the Hazardous &
Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 for collection/ reception/ treatment/
transport/ storage/ disposal of hazardous wastes.
FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
1. Code No. :
2. Whether the unit is situated in a critically polluted area as identified by Ministry of
Environment and Forests;
To be filled in by Applicant
PART - A : (GENERAL INFORMATION)
3 (a) Name and address of the unit and location of activity
Name of Unit : RASHMI METALIKS LIMITED

Post Office : SHYAMRAIPUR Place of Application :KOLKATA
Street/Road : VILLAGE-GOKULPUR Pin Code: 721301
District :Medinipore(W) Police Station: Kharagpur (Local)
Fax No :03322894254 Phone No.: 03322894255
Local Body :KALAIKUNDA GRAM PANCHYAT Email Id: sjha@rashmigroup.com
Date of Application :23/05/2017
(b) Authorisation required for activities
Type of Unit
Non-Recycling
(c) In case of renewal of authorisation, previous authorisation number and date
Renewal of Authorisation : No
Authorisation number Date
Application Number: hw0000000001987

Page 2 of 4
4. (a) Whether the unit is generating hazardous waste as defined in the Rules; Yes
(b) If so the type and quantity of wastes (in Tonnes or Kl.)

Type of Waste Qty
As described in PART-B
5. (a) Total capital invested on the project (in Rs. ) : 9084200000.00
(b) Year of commencement of production : 2007
(c) Whether the industry works general/ 2 shifts/ round the clock : round the clock
6. (a) List and quantum of products and by-products (in MT/Month):
PLEASE FIND THE ANNEXURE-I FOR THE DETAIL
(b) List and quantum of raw material used (in MT/Month):

PLEASE FIND THE ANNEXURE-II FOR THE DETAIL
7. Furnish a flow diagram of manufacturing process showing input and output in terms
of products and waste Generated including for captive power generation and demineralised
water.
Part B: Hazardous Waste

8. Hazardous Wastes :
Sl.N
o.
Desc Qty Details
1 USED TRANSFORMER 0.2000 Disp Qty 0.0200
OIL Catg Sch Schedule-1 Storage Containers
Unit Name BA MA OIL INDIA
Wst Strm 5.1 Treatment Recycled In House
Dist Hooghly
Wst Typ Recycleble Disposal Stored On Site State West Bengal
2 USED LUBRICATING 2.0000 Disp Qty 0.2000

OIL Catg Sch Schedule-1 Storage Containers
Unit Name BA MA OIL INDIA
Wst Strm 5.1 Treatment Recycled In House
Dist Hooghly
Wst Typ Recycleble Disposal Stored On Site State West Bengal
3 COAL TAR Disp Qty 10.0000

10.0000 Catg Sch Schedule-1 Storage Containers
Unit Name SAI TAR CHEMICAL
Wst Strm 13.3 Treatment No Treatment
Dist Hooghly
Sold/Sent For
Wst Typ Recycleble Disposal State West Bengal
Reprocessing
4 COTTON WASTE/ 0.3000 Disp Qty 0.3000

JUTE CONTAINING OIL Catg Sch Schedule-1 Storage Other
Unit Name RAMKY [Through
Dist Medinipore(E)
Sold/Sent For
Wst Typ Disposable Disposal State West Bengal
Reprocessing

Page 3 of 4
Sl.N
o.
Desc Qty Details
5 D.G SET FILTER 2.0000 Disp Qty 2.0000
Catg Sch Schedule-1 Storage Other
Unit Name RAMKY [Through
Dist Medinipore(E)
Sold/Sent For
Wst Typ Disposable Disposal State West Bengal
Reprocessing
9. Hazardous Wastes generated as per these Rules from storage of hazardous chemicals
as defined under the Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989.
Part C: Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility

(To be filled only by units having own TSDFs)
10. Detailed proposal of the facility (to be attached) to include :
(i) Location of site (provide map)
(ii) Name of waste processing technology
(iii) Details of processing technology
Recycable
(iv) Type and Quantity of waste to be processed per day 0.00

Page 4 of 4
(v) Site clearance (from local authority, if any)
(vi) Utilization programme for waste processed
(vii) Method of disposal (details in brief be given)
(viii)Quantity of waste to be disposed per day 0.00
(ix) Nature and composition of waste
(x) Methodology and operational details of landfilling/incineration
(xi) Measures to be taken for prevention and control of environmental

pollution including treatment of leachate
(xii) Investment on Project and expected returns 0.00
(xiii) Measures to be taken for safety of workers working in the plant
Name of Applicant : SURENDAR JHA

Designation :
Place : Signature ............................................................
Date : Designation :.........................................................

CONSENT TO ESTABLISH (NOC):
EC AMENDMENT:
ANNEXURE - VIII
TABLE: - I
Onsite Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results
Location Near Project Site
(Period: MARCH, 2017 - MAY, 2017)
DATE PM10 PM 2.5 SO2 NO2

3 3 3
(µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m3)
01.03.17 83 37 15 25
04.03.17 90 41 12 28
08.03.17 71 33 9 20
11.03.17 83 37 10 22
15.03.17 78 34 14 24
18.03.17 80 38 9 19
22.03.17 92 39 10 26
25.03.17 77 34 8 31
05.04.17 83 34 11 27
08.04.17 77 33 14 30
12.04.17 92 40 12 34
15.04.17 87 35 10 21
19.04.17 94 45 15 25
22.04.17 85 36 10 32
26.04.17 74 30 12 23
29.04.17 87 38 16 32
02.05.17 82 39 14 24
05.05.17 78 36 12 31
09.05.17 86 40 15 27
12.05.17 89 38 9 33
16.05.17 83 37 14 26
19.05.17 79 33 10 29
23.05.17 85 37 8 32
26.05.17 73 29 12 27
ANNEXURE - VIII
TABLE: - 2
Location Samraipur

3 3 3
(µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m3)
01.03.17 82 37 17 22
04.03.17 90 40 15 18
08.03.17 73 30 11 24
11.03.17 68 32 14 27
15.03.17 70 31 16 29
18.03.17 77 34 13 21
22.03.17 89 37 16 30
25.03.17 70 34 14 16
05.04.17 83 36 17 23
08.04.17 86 39 13 26
12.04.17 90 41 19 17
15.04.17 69 30 12 23
19.04.17 76 30 15 26
22.04.17 85 37 18 28
26.04.17 70 34 15 23
29.04.17 74 30 10 25
02.05.17 69 30 12 21
05.05.17 89 40 17 16
09.05.17 82 36 15 19
12.05.17 79 35 16 27
16.05.17 85 37 19 21
19.05.17 76 33 12 25
23.05.17 68 31 14 28
26.05.17 87 40 11 26
ANNEXURE - VIII
TABLE: - 3
Location Bargai

3 3 3
(µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m3)
01.03.17 79 35 10 16
04.03.17 72 31 11 28
08.03.17 81 33 9 20
11.03.17 70 32 7 17
15.03.17 84 36 10 12
18.03.17 67 28 12 23
22.03.17 83 37 11 13
25.03.17 74 32 8 15
05.04.17 86 37 10 17
08.04.17 72 33 12 23
12.04.17 69 32 7 19
15.04.17 74 35 10 16
19.04.17 85 37 11 22
22.04.17 72 31 9 18
26.04.17 66 28 10 12
29.04.17 84 34 8 19
02.05.17 78 31 10 15
05.05.17 80 34 11 17
09.05.17 67 32 7 12
12.05.17 76 34 12 18
16.05.17 71 33 11 20
19.05.17 66 28 10 23
23.05.17 70 30 8 15
26.05.17 82 36 12 18
ANNEXURE - VIII
TABLE: - 4
Location Bidyasagarpur

3 3 3
(µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m3)
01.03.17 68 30 7 17
04.03.17 74 31 8 20
08.03.17 83 37 6 16
11.03.17 58 26 9 20
15.03.17 67 29 10 14
18.03.17 59 27 8 17
22.03.17 77 32 10 13
25.03.17 82 37 7 16
05.04.17 78 34 8 23
08.04.17 82 35 6 15
12.04.17 75 34 8 19
15.04.17 80 35 7 17
19.04.17 68 27 10 14
22.04.17 72 32 6 16
26.04.17 62 27 8 19
29.04.17 81 32 7 17
02.05.17 77 33 10 20
05.05.17 62 27 7 15
09.05.17 79 36 8 18
12.05.17 63 26 9 16
16.05.17 70 31 6 19
19.05.17 78 34 8 21
23.05.17 68 29 10 13
26.05.17 82 36 9 18
ANNEXURE - VIII
TABLE: - 5
Location Ayma

3 3 3
(µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m3)
03.03.17 77 36 12 27
06.03.17 82 34 15 17
10.03.17 74 32 10 23
13.03.17 86 37 9 28
17.03.17 81 36 11 21
20.03.17 70 33 12 25
23.03.17 85 37 13 22
27.03.17 75 31 9 27
03.04.17 69 30 12 19
07.04.17 77 34 11 26
10.04.17 81 38 17 22
14.04.17 74 33 9 16
17.04.17 68 27 13 25
21.04.17 85 34 9 26
24.04.17 72 31 12 31
28.04.17 87 40 9 24
01.05.17 83 37 11 20
04.05.17 78 34 13 17
08.05.17 87 38 9 25
11.05.17 82 34 14 16
15.05.17 79 36 16 19
18.05.17 70 32 10 22
22.05.17 76 32 12 18
25.05.17 81 36 17 23
ANNEXURE - VIII
TABLE: - 6
Location Najir Chak

3 3 3
(µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m3)
03.03.17 70 31 12 20
06.03.17 68 29 10 15
10.03.17 80 36 11 21
13.03.17 77 35 9 18
17.03.17 62 27 7 12
20.03.17 71 31 10 21
23.03.17 62 26 8 16
27.03.17 69 28 13 11
03.04.17 80 34 11 18
07.04.17 74 32 8 21
10.04.17 63 26 9 19
14.04.17 82 36 11 14
17.04.17 71 28 8 12
21.04.17 76 32 12 16
24.04.17 68 30 9 11
28.04.17 78 35 10 19
01.05.17 72 30 9 12
04.05.17 60 26 8 19
08.05.17 82 35 11 17
11.05.17 72 30 8 20
15.05.17 66 28 9 15
18.05.17 78 34 11 13
22.05.17 61 25 10 15
25.05.17 70 32 7 18
ANNEXURE - VIII
TABLE: - 7
Location Nimpur

3 3 3
(µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m3)
03.03.17 68 29 7 25
06.03.17 81 36 9 22
10.03.17 87 37 5 17
13.03.17 68 31 8 27
17.03.17 78 32 10 24
20.03.17 73 29 6 18
23.03.17 66 28 7 14
27.03.17 78 33 5 19
03.04.17 81 36 9 22
07.04.17 79 32 7 20
10.04.17 72 29 5 16
14.04.17 82 36 8 22
17.04.17 76 35 5 19
21.04.17 84 35 9 17
24.04.17 64 30 7 25
28.04.17 75 33 12 19
01.05.17 80 37 8 15
04.05.17 88 38 11 20
08.05.17 76 33 7 16
11.05.17 84 35 6 22
15.05.17 70 30 10 24
18.05.17 80 35 7 19
22.05.17 65 27 5 28
25.05.17 77 31 8 16
ANNEXURE - VIII
TABLE: - 8
Location Pancharulia

3 3 3
(µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m ) (µg/m3)
03.03.17 80 32 10 18
06.03.17 65 28 9 23
10.03.17 74 31 8 15
13.03.17 67 29 10 12
17.03.17 63 25 14 16
20.03.17 75 32 9 21
23.03.17 70 29 12 26
27.03.17 67 27 8 19
03.04.17 74 31 11 24
07.04.17 69 28 10 14
10.04.17 79 34 7 25
14.04.17 68 29 12 16
17.04.17 70 29 10 14
21.04.17 75 34 8 19
24.04.17 68 29 9 16
28.04.17 78 34 11 12
01.05.17 72 32 9 24
04.05.17 67 27 8 16
08.05.17 81 33 7 12
11.05.17 62 26 9 17
15.05.17 68 29 12 23
18.05.17 74 32 7 18
22.05.17 64 26 10 20
25.05.17 69 28 8 12
Annexure-VIII
TABLE: - I
of Carbon Monoxide (CO)
Location Near Project Site
(Period: March' 2017 - May' 2017)
DATE Shift - I Shift - II Shift-III

(mg/m3) (mg/m3) (mg/m3)
01.03.17 0.837 0.713 0.720
04.03.17 0.540 0.613 0.533
08.03.17 0.812 0.531 0.702
11.03.17 1.550 1.646 0.926
15.03.17 0.882 0.649 1.544
18.03.17 0.637 0.527 0.636
22.03.17 0.599 0.757 0.928
25.03.17 1.101 1.033 0.720
05.04.17 0.620 0.533 1.530
08.04.17 0.881 1.516 0.744
12.04.17 1.506 0.624 0.595
15.04.17 0.750 2.044 0.985
19.04.17 0.960 0.932 0.894
22.04.17 1.133 1.033 1.223
26.04.17 0.651 0.789 1.740
29.04.17 0.687 1.164 0.943
02.05.17 0.880 0.654 1.051
05.05.17 0.924 0.957 0.526
09.05.17 1.632 0.677 0.838
12.05.17 0.883 1.633 0.765
16.05.17 0.687 0.506 1.644
19.05.17 0.487 0.629 0.676
23.05.17 0.837 0.808 0.576
26.05.17 1.513 1.052 0.866
Annexure-VIII
TABLE: - 2
Location Samraipur

(mg/m3) (mg/m3) (mg/m3)
01.03.17 0.529 1.216 0.705
04.03.17 0.439 0.424 0.360
08.03.17 0.801 0.515 0.413
11.03.17 0.710 0.311 1.214
15.03.17 1.414 0.600 0.523
18.03.17 0.517 0.590 0.525
22.03.17 0.669 0.373 0.571
25.03.17 1.474 1.308 1.570
05.04.17 0.671 0.455 0.446
08.04.17 0.507 0.633 0.782
12.04.17 0.689 0.342 1.251
15.04.17 0.501 0.472 0.416
19.04.17 0.914 1.890 1.555
22.04.17 0.736 0.483 0.419
26.04.17 0.674 0.388 1.286
29.04.17 1.442 0.698 0.931
02.05.17 0.597 1.613 0.537
05.05.17 0.519 0.544 1.319
09.05.17 0.674 0.370 0.326
12.05.17 0.869 0.470 0.444
16.05.17 0.671 1.333 1.257
19.05.17 1.053 0.586 0.522
23.05.17 0.634 0.348 1.246
26.05.17 0.770 1.370 0.366
Annexure-VIII
TABLE: - 3
Location Bargai

(mg/m3) (mg/m3) (mg/m3)
01.03.17 0.986 0.834 0.929
04.03.17 0.465 0.447 0.593
08.03.17 1.422 0.487 0.549
11.03.17 0.414 0.526 0.498
15.03.17 0.940 0.996 0.436
18.03.17 0.417 0.499 0.544
22.03.17 1.594 1.459 0.621
25.03.17 0.461 0.471 0.445
05.04.17 0.826 0.843 0.669
08.04.17 0.414 0.486 0.531
12.04.17 0.461 0.736 0.898
15.04.17 0.933 0.855 1.146
19.04.17 1.179 1.096 0.617
22.04.17 0.766 1.153 0.439
26.04.17 0.457 0.622 0.794
29.04.17 0.580 0.489 0.663
02.05.17 0.424 1.441 0.467
05.05.17 0.872 0.818 1.440
09.05.17 0.427 0.492 0.454
12.05.17 0.466 0.476 0.550
16.05.17 0.417 0.479 0.450
19.05.17 0.777 0.659 1.256
23.05.17 0.415 1.480 0.643
26.05.17 1.491 0.501 0.575
Annexure-VIII
TABLE: - 4
Location Bidyasagarpur

(mg/m3) (mg/m3) (mg/m3)
01.03.17 0.922 0.822 0.878
04.03.17 0.366 0.449 0.422
08.03.17 0.435 0.363 0.779
11.03.17 0.385 0.420 0.357
15.03.17 0.552 0.452 0.508
18.03.17 0.406 0.489 0.462
22.03.17 0.473 0.402 0.386
25.03.17 0.329 0.998 0.392
05.04.17 0.987 0.345 0.887
08.04.17 0.535 0.628 0.592
12.04.17 0.789 0.878 0.976
15.04.17 0.458 0.648 0.511
19.04.17 0.978 1.010 0.985
22.04.17 0.422 0.494 0.467
26.04.17 0.546 0.474 0.459
29.04.17 0.622 0.637 0.584
02.05.17 0.352 0.352 0.564
05.05.17 0.439 0.522 0.495
09.05.17 0.440 0.368 0.353
12.05.17 0.599 0.624 0.572
16.05.17 0.348 0.348 0.466
19.05.17 0.457 0.540 0.523
23.05.17 0.444 0.372 0.825
26.05.17 0.323 0.348 0.395
Annexure-VIII
TABLE: - 5
Location Ayma

(mg/m3) (mg/m3) (mg/m3)
03.03.17 0.955 0.654 0.517
06.03.17 0.766 0.997 0.622
10.03.17 0.613 0.844 0.569
13.03.17 0.452 0.683 0.523
17.03.17 0.590 0.821 1.462
20.03.17 0.714 0.945 0.570
23.03.17 0.685 0.916 0.652
27.03.17 1.636 1.867 0.759
03.04.17 0.554 0.785 0.526
07.04.17 0.759 0.990 0.615
10.04.17 0.475 0.506 0.963
14.04.17 0.716 0.947 1.091
17.04.17 1.108 1.339 0.518
21.04.17 0.615 0.846 0.697
24.04.17 0.778 1.009 1.012
28.04.17 0.585 0.816 0.979
01.05.17 1.526 1.757 0.498
04.05.17 0.739 0.970 0.613
08.05.17 0.617 0.848 0.573
11.05.17 0.565 0.796 0.875
15.05.17 0.687 0.918 0.659
18.05.17 0.592 0.823 0.526
22.05.17 0.739 0.970 0.695
25.05.17 1.663 0.894 1.476
Annexure-VIII
TABLE: - 6
Location Najir Chak

(mg/m3) (mg/m3) (mg/m3)
03.03.17 0.424 0.782 0.654
06.03.17 0.377 0.403 0.447
10.03.17 0.472 0.524 0.733
13.03.17 0.520 0.398 0.868
17.03.17 1.332 0.959 0.503
20.03.17 0.393 0.337 0.785
23.03.17 0.836 0.362 0.507
27.03.17 0.424 0.458 0.654
03.04.17 0.302 0.622 1.069
07.04.17 0.472 0.524 0.733
10.04.17 1.365 0.658 1.010
14.04.17 0.945 0.942 1.131
17.04.17 0.787 0.978 0.824
21.04.17 0.520 0.398 0.629
24.04.17 1.323 0.398 0.491
28.04.17 0.424 0.384 0.587
01.05.17 0.332 0.672 0.807
04.05.17 0.693 0.337 0.533
08.05.17 0.336 0.879 0.507
11.05.17 0.424 0.458 0.654
15.05.17 0.879 0.353 0.507
18.05.17 0.332 0.358 0.444
22.05.17 0.793 0.337 0.533
25.05.17 0.936 0.462 0.507
Annexure-VIII
TABLE: - 7
Location Nimpur

(mg/m3) (mg/m3) (mg/m3)
03.03.17 0.818 0.612 0.596
06.03.17 0.496 1.079 1.650
10.03.17 0.470 0.709 0.681
13.03.17 1.553 0.832 0.729
17.03.17 0.592 0.524 1.625
20.03.17 0.514 0.708 0.599
23.03.17 0.901 1.109 0.529
27.03.17 0.518 0.532 1.066
03.04.17 1.496 0.608 0.650
07.04.17 0.470 0.960 1.076
10.04.17 0.522 1.654 0.729
14.04.17 0.633 0.411 0.956
17.04.17 1.436 0.840 1.077
21.04.17 0.545 1.188 0.512
24.04.17 0.592 0.538 0.925
28.04.17 0.495 0.841 0.587
01.05.17 1.506 0.524 1.582
04.05.17 0.786 1.108 0.599
08.05.17 0.575 0.578 0.529
11.05.17 0.455 0.612 1.076
15.05.17 0.496 1.608 0.650
18.05.17 1.056 0.832 0.524
22.05.17 0.514 0.528 1.599
25.05.17 0.475 0.578 0.529
Annexure-VIII
TABLE: - 8
Location Pancharulia

(mg/m3) (mg/m3) (mg/m3)
03.03.17 0.603 1.038 0.755
06.03.17 1.529 0.745 1.010
10.03.17 0.571 0.848 0.651
13.03.17 0.808 1.060 0.870
17.03.17 0.584 0.885 1.678
20.03.17 1.577 0.791 0.625
23.03.17 0.718 1.850 0.644
27.03.17 0.561 0.795 0.932
03.04.17 0.562 1.997 0.724
07.04.17 0.966 0.669 1.044
10.04.17 1.233 1.059 1.235
14.04.17 0.664 0.861 0.835
17.04.17 1.157 1.002 1.324
21.04.17 0.708 0.747 0.616
24.04.17 0.512 1.765 0.837
28.04.17 0.557 0.792 1.619
01.05.17 1.783 1.063 0.802
04.05.17 0.558 0.935 0.636
08.05.17 0.973 0.709 1.035
11.05.17 1.030 0.815 0.685
15.05.17 0.705 1.140 0.868
18.05.17 1.529 0.850 0.589
22.05.17 0.533 1.910 1.611
25.05.17 0.833 0.597 0.752
RASHMI GROUP
CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY
Rashmi Group founded in 1966 really got impetus from its real promoter. Rashmi Group of companies is a
fast growing Group in the field of manufacturing steel and cement. The company has developed core
competence in minerals, steel and cement with 40 years of experience. The Group’s turnover is around
Rs.4500 Crores and net worth is Rs.3500 Crores. Rashmi Group awarded ‘Ultra Mega Project’ status by Govt.
of West Bengal. The Group is also engaged in import/export of Mineral & Mineral based products. The growth
of the group during last few years has been phenomenal and fast catching the attention of bankers,
professionals and industry as a whole.. With verticals that are exploring innovative and sustainable avenues in
Steel, Energy, Technology and Cement, Rashmi Group is paving the way for India’s development as a global
superpower.
• The company, Rashmi Metaliks Ltd. recognizes its joint responsibility with the Government and the Public to
protect environment and is committed to regulate all its activities so as to follow best practicable means for
minimizing adverse environmental impact arising out of its operations.
• The aim of the Policy is to do all that is reasonably practicable to prevent or minimize, encompassing all
available knowledge and information, the risk of an adverse environmental impact arising from
manufacturing and supply of our products.
• This Policy document reflects the continuing commitment of the Board for sound Environment Management
of its operations. The Policy is applicable to all company operations covering manufacturing, sales and
distribution and other offices. This document defines the aims and scope of the Policy as well as
responsibilities for the achievement of the objectives laid down.
THE VISION
Our business approach not only seeks to minimize our environmental footprint but also contribute in
enhancing the environmental quality in and around our work area. All of our operational units are certified
under is an ISO 9001, 14001 & OHSAS 18001 standards and strictly follow defined operating procedures.
ENVIRONMENT POLICY
Rashmi Metaliks Limited (RML) is committed to meeting the needs of customers in an environmentally sound
manner, through continuous improvement in environmental performance in all our activities. Management at
all levels, jointly with employees, is responsible and will be held accountable for company’s environmental
performance.
Accordingly, RML aims to:
 Continuously assess our environmental impacts and measure and improve our environmental
performance by adopting best practices for prevention and control of pollution.
 Ensure safety of its products and operations for the environment by using standards of environmental
safety, which are scientifically sustainable and commonly acceptable.
 Develop, introduce and maintain environmental management systems across the company to meet the
company standards as well as statutory requirements for environment. Verify compliance with these
standards through regular auditing.
 Make continuous efforts to reduce water intensity and fresh water usage by increased use of harvested
and recycled water in our operation.
1|Page
 Reduce waste, conserve energy and explore opportunities for reuse and recycle.
 Conduct all our operations in an environmentally responsible manner that is better than statutory
environment compliances and applicable standards.
 Involve all employees in the implementation of this Policy and provide appropriate training.
 Work in partnership with external bodies and Government agencies to promote environmental care,
increase understanding of environmental issues and disseminate good practices.
CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITIES
The Director/ Chairman of the Company is responsible for the Compliance of the Policy. The Director/
Chairman may constitute a Cell called as Corporate Environment Cell (CEC). The CEC is committed to conduct
the company operations in an environmentally sound manner. The CEC will:
 Set standards and establish environmental improvement objectives and targets for RML as a whole
and for individual units, and ensure these are included in the annual operating plans.
 Formally review environment performance of the company and report environmental performance
(non-compliance/deviation/ violation) to the Board of Director directly once every quarter.
 Review environment performance on monthly basis and recognise exemplary performance.
 Nominate a unit head or senior employee as coordinator for compliance of environmental
performance at the site.
The Corporate Environment Cell, through the nominated coordinator will:
 Ensure implementation of Policy on environment and compliance with the Company’s environmental
standards and the standards stipulated as per law.
 Prevention of incidents or accidents that might result from abnormal operating conditions and
 Reduction of adverse effects that result from normal operating conditions.
 Establish appropriate management systems for environment management and ensure regular
auditing to verify compliance.
 Establish systems for appropriate training in implementation of Environment Management Systems at
work.
 Ensure periodic 3rd party environment audits through certification bodies to check efficacy of the
Environment Management Systems
 Participate, wherever possible, with appropriate industry and Government bodies advising on
environmental legislation and interact with national and local authorities concerned with protection
of environment.
INDIVIDUAL UNITS RESPONSIBILITIES
The overall responsibility for environment management at each unit will rest with the unit head or Head of
environment Department , who will ensure implementation of Policy on environment at unit level and report
to Director or Cell as the case may be. Concerned line managers / heads of departments are responsible for
environmental performance at department levels.
In order to full fill the requirements of the Policy at each site, the Unit Head will:
 Designate a unit environment coordinator who will be responsible for co-ordinating environmental
activities at unit, collecting environmental data and providing expert advice and reporting
environmental performance to the Unit Head on day to day or weekly basis as the case may be.
2|Page
 Agree with the coordinator responsible for the unit specific environmental improvement objectives
and targets for the unit and ensure that these are incorporated in the annual objectives of the
concerned managers and officers and are reviewed periodically.
 Ensure that the unit complies with RML environmental standards and the relevant national and state
regulations with respect to environment.
 Ensure that all new operations are subjected to a systematic and formal analysis to assess
environmental impact. Findings of such exercises should be implemented prior to commencement of
the activity.
 Regularly review environment performance of the unit against set objectives and targets and strive for
continual improvement.
The Unit Head, through the Designate unit environment coordinator will:
 Ensure periodic audits to verify compliance with environment management systems.
 Ensure dissemination of relevant information on environment within the unit and to outside bodies,
and regularly interact with Government authorities concerned for protection of environment.
 Maintain appropriate emergency procedures consistent with available technologies to prevent /
control environmental incidents.
 Also ensure periodic 3rd party environment audits through certification bodies to check efficacy of the
Environment Management Systems.
 Sustain a high degree of environmental awareness through regular promotional campaigns and
employee participation through training, safety committees, emergency drills etc.
 Provide appropriate training to all employees.
 Report environmental performance to Corporate Environment Cell on a monthly basis.
The Hierarchy of our Corporate Environment management Cell that is being strictly followed is:
Date:-10.02.2018
3|Page
Annexure – X
CONCENTRATION OF POLY-AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS (PAH) AS WELL AS

OTHER CHEMICAL COMPOSITION INCLUDING HEAVY METALS IN RESPIRABLE PARTICULATE MATTER (PM 10)
Locations RPM PAH Cl Pb Fe Zn Cr As Benzo (a)

(µg/m3) (ng/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) Pyrene
(ng/m3)
Near Project Site
79 0.78 0.25 0.008 0.008 BDL BDL BDL BDL
(Near Main Gate)
Samraipur 70 0.72 0.21 0.008 0.007 BDL BDL BDL BDL
Bargai 67 0.65 0.19 0.007 0.008 BDL BDL BDL BDL
Bidyasagarpur 65 0.64 0.18 0.006 0.007 BDL BDL BDL BDL
Ayma 69 0.66 0.20 0.008 0.008 BDL BDL BDL BDL
Najir Chak 63 0.60 0.18 0.006 0.007 BDL BDL BDL BDL
Nimpur 68 0.64 0.19 0.007 0.008 BDL BDL BDL BDL
Pancharulia 69 0.69 0.20 0.007 0.008 BDL BDL BDL BDL

Annexure-XIII
Table-1
Tolerance Limits for Inland Surface Waters (as per IS:2296)
SN Parameter and Unit Class-A Class-B Class-C Class-D Class-E
1 Colour (Hazen Units) 10 300 300 - -
2 Odour Unobject - - - -
3 Taste Tasteless - - - -
4 pH (max) (min:6.5) 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5
5 Conductivity (25oC) (mhos/cm) - - - 1000 2250
6 DO (mg/L)(min) 6 5 4 4 -
7 BOD (3 days at 27oC) (mg/L) 2 3 3 - -
8 Total Coliforms (MPN/100 mL) 50 500 5000 - -
9 TDS (mg/L) 500 - 1500 - 2100
10 Oil and Grease (mg/L) - - 0.1 0.1 -
11 Mineral Oil (mg/L) 0.01 - - - -
12 Free Carbon Dioxide (mg/L CO2) - - - 6 -
13 Free Ammonia (mg/L as N) - - - 1.2 -
14 Cyanide (mg/L as CN) 0.05 0.05 0.05 - -
15 Phenol (mg/L C6H5OH) 0.002 0.005 0.005 - -
16 Total Hardness (mg/L as CaCO3) 300 - - - -
17 Chloride (mg/L as Cl) 250 - 600 - 600
18 Sulphate (mg/L as SO4) 400 - 400 - 1000
19 Nitrate (mg/L as NO3) 20 - 50 - -
20 Fluoride (mg/L as F) 1.5 1.5 1.5 - -
21 Calcium (mg/L as Ca) 80 - - - -
22 Magnesium (mg/L as Mg) 24.4 - - - -
23 Copper (mg/L as Cu) 1.5 - 1.5 - -
24 Iron (mg/L as Fe) 0.3 - 50 - -
25 Manganese (mg/L as Mn) 0.5 - - - -
26 Zinc (mg/L as Zn) 15 - 15 - -
27 Boron (mg/L as B) - - - - 2
28 Barium (mg/L as Ba) 1 - - - -
29 Silver (mg/L as Ag) 0.05 - - - -
30 Arsenic (mg/L as As) 0.05 0.2 0.2 - -
31 Mercury (mg/L as Hg) 0.001 - - - -
32 Lead (mg/L as Pb) 0.1 - 0.1 - -
33 Cadmium (mg/L as Cd) 0.01 - 0.01 - -
34 Chromium (VI) (mg/L as Cr) 0.05 0.05 0.05 - -
35 Selenium (mg/L as Se) 0.01 - 0.05 - -
36 Anionic Detergents (mg/L MBAS) 0.2 1 1 - -
37 PAH (mg/L) 0.2 - - - -
38 Pesticides (g/L) Absent - - - -
39 Insecticides (mg/L) - - Absent - -
40 Alpha Emitters (10-6c/mL) 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
41 Beta Emitters (10-6c/mL) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
42 Percent Sodium (%) - - - - 60
43 Sodium Absorption Ratio - - - - 26
Class-A: Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection.
Class-B: Outdoor bathing.
Class-C: Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection.
Class-D: Fish culture and wild life propagation.
Class-E: Irrigation, industrial cooling and controlled waste disposal.
Page 1 of 5 / A-XIII
Table-2
Drinking Water Quality Standards (as per IS:10500)
Sl Parameter and Unit Desirable Limit Permissible Limit

No in Absence of
Alternate Source
1 Colour (Hazen units) 5 25
2 Odour Unobjectionable -
3 Taste Agreeable -
4 Turbidity (NTU) 5 10
5 PH 5-8.5 No relaxation
6 Total Coliforms (MPN/100 mL) nil -
7 Pathogenic Organisms or Virus nil -
8 TDS (mg/L) 500 2000
9 Mineral Oil (mg/L) 0.01 0.03
10 Free Residual Chlorine (mg/L) 0.2 -
11 Cyanide (mg/L as CN) 0.05 No relaxation
12 Phenol (mg/L C6H5OH) 0.001 0.002
13 Total Hardness (mg/L as CaCO3) 300 600
14 Total Alkalinity (mg/L as CaCO3) 200 600
15 Chloride (mg/L as Cl) 250 1000
16 Sulphate (mg/L as SO4) 200 400
17 Nitrate (mg/L as NO3) 45 100
18 Fluoride (mg/L as F) 1 1.5
19 Calcium (mg/L as Ca) 75 200
20 Magnesium (mg/L as Mg) 30 100
21 Copper (mg/L as Cu) 0.05 1.5
22 Iron (mg/L as Fe) 0.3 1
23 Manganese (mg/L as Mn) 0.1 0.3
24 Zinc (mg/L as Zn) 5 15
25 Boron (mg/L as B) 1 5
26 Aluminium (mg/L as AL) 0.03 0.2
27 Arsenic (mg/L as As) 0.05 No relaxation
28 Mercury (mg/L as Hg) 0.001 No relaxation
29 Lead (mg/L as Pb) 0.05 No relaxation
30 Cadmium (mg/L as Cd) 0.01 No relaxation
31 Chromium (VI) (mg/L as Cr) 0.05 No relaxation
32 Selenium (mg/L as Se) 0.01 No relaxation
33 Anionic Detergents (mg/L MBAS) 0.2 1
34 PAH (mg/L) nil -
35 Pesticides (g/L) Absent 0.001
36 Alpha Emitters (10-6c/mL) nil 0.0001
37 Beta Emitters (10-6c/mL) nil 0.001
Table-3
General Standards for Discharge of Effluents
[as per Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986]
Sl Parameter and Unit Inland Public Land for Marine

No Surface Sewers Irrigation Coastal
Water Water
o
1 Temperature ( C) # - - #
2 Colour and Odour $ - $ $
3 PH 5.5-9.0 5.5-9.0 5.5-9.0 5.5-9.0
4 BOD (3 days at 27oC) (mg/L) 30 350 100 100
5 COD (mg/L) 250 - - 250
6 Bio-assay (% 96-hrs Survival) @ @ @ @
7 TSS (mg/L) 100 600 200 100*
8 SS Particle size(pass IS Sieve) 850 - - &
9 Oil and Grease (mg/L) 10 20 10 20
10 Total Residual Chlorine (mg/L) 1 - - 1
11 Nitrate Nitrogen (mg/L as N) 10 - - 20
12 Ammonia Nitrogen (mg/L N) 50 50 - 50
13 Kjeldahl Nitrogen (mg/L as N) 100 - - 100
14 Free Ammonia (mg/L as N) 5 - - 5
15 Cyanide (mg/L as CN) 0.2 2 0.2 0.2
16 Phenol (mg/L C6H5OH) 1 5 - 5
17 Fluoride (mg/L as F) 2 15 - 15
18 Sulphide (mg/L as S) 2 - - 5
19 Dissolved Phosphate (mg/L P) 5 - - -
20 Copper (mg/L as Cu) 3 3 - 3
21 Iron (mg/L as Fe) 3 3 - 3
22 Manganese (mg/L as Mn) 2 2 - 2
23 Zinc (mg/L as Zn) 5 15 - 15
24 Nickel (mg/L as Ni) 3 3 - 5
25 Vanadium (mg/L as V) 0.2 0.2 - 0.2
26 Arsenic (mg/L as As) 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
27 Mercury (mg/L as Hg) 0.01 0.01 - 0.01
28 Lead (mg/L as Pb) 0.1 1 - 1
29 Cadmium (mg/L as Cd) 2 1 - 2
30 Chromium (VI) (mg/L as Cr) 0.1 2 - 1
31 Chromium (Total) (mg/L as Cr) 2 2 - 2
32 Selenium (mg/L as Se) 0.05 0.05 - 0.05
33 Alpha Emitters (10-6c/mL) 0.1 0.1 0.01 0.1
34 Beta Emitters (10 c/mL)
-6 1 1 0.1 1
o
# Shall not exceed 5 C above the receiving water temperature.
$ All efforts should be made to remove colour and unpleasant odour as far as practicable.
@ 90% survival of fish after 96 hours in 100% effluent.
* For cooling water effluent 10% above TSS of influent.
& (a) Floatable solids 3 mm, (b) Settleable solids 850 micron.
Table-4
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
Table-5
Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise
[as per Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000]
Area Category of Area Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Code Day Time Night Time
A Industrial Area 75 70
B Commercial Area 65 55
C Residential Area 55 45
D Silence Zone 50 40
Notes: 1. Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m.
2. Night time shall mean from 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.
3. Silence zone is defined as an area comprising not less than 100 metres around
hospitals, educational institutions and courts. The silence zones are zones which
are declared as such by the competent authority.
4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above mentioned
categories by the competent authority.
* dB(A) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on
scale A which is relatable to human hearing.

28 Feb 2018 004528293x9xb326urevisedfinaleiareportofrmldipproject (27!2!2018)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

28 Feb 2018 004528293x9xb326urevisedfinaleiareportofrmldipproject (27!2!2018)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RASHMI METALIKS LIMITED

Environmental Impact Assessment

Envirotech East (P) Limited

Date: 9th June, 2017

TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN

Subject: Environmental Impact Assessment study for proposed Expansion of

Refer: File No J-11011/237/2016-IA.II (I)

for Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd.

(Asoke Kumar Banerjee)

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

3.0 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL SCENARIO

Content Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd.

3.4 Seismic History Of The Study Area C3-13

4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

10.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Content Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd.

10.5 Environmental Management Cell C10-4 to C10-5

11.0 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

Content Envirotech East Pvt. Ltd.

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

Now, the company has decided to expand their business model by

Table 1.1 : Proposed Expansion of DIP Unit

Plant Existing Proposed (TPA) Total

Ductile Iron 2,00,000 3,50,000 5,50,000

As per EIA Notification 2006, published on 14th September 2006,

The proposed project of M/s Rashmi Metaliks Ltd., falls under

Introduction Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

The company submitted an online application along with filled up

As advised by the Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate

Subsequently, the Public Hearing was conducted on 29th August,

This EIA Report is prepared on the basis of the available

Introduction Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT

M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited, has already obtained EC for its

Date File Number Units

It is important to note that by virtue of Hon’ble Calcutta High

Introduction Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

Table 1.2: Name of Units with Rashmi Metaliks Limited

Name of the Permission as Size of Units Production Name of

SMS 5,00,000 TPA 3,78,000 TPA 3,78,000 TPA M.S. Billets

Ductile Iron 2,00,000 TPA 2,00,000 TPA 2,00,000 TPA Di Pipes

Table 1.3: Name of Units with Orissa Metaliks Private Limited

Introduction Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

Now, the company has decided to expand their business by

Table 1.4 : Proposed Expansion of DIP Unit

Sr. Plant Existing Proposed Total

1 Ductile Iron 2,00,000 3,50,000 5,50,000

M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited premises comprises of 144 acres of

PROPOSED PROJECT SITE

Introduction Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

Introduction Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

1.3 PROJECT PROPONENT

M/s Rashmi Metaliks Limited at present operating Sinter Plant, Mini

1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

1.4.1 Nature of the Project

Introduction Envirotech East Pvt. Limited

The company has decided to expand their business model by